Report of Foreign Private Issuer

 

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

7 November 2013

 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

 

 

Gogarburn

PO Box 1000

Edinburgh EH12 1HQ

Scotland

United Kingdom

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F  X                                              Form 40-F     

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):__

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):__

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes                                                                 No  X  

 

If "Yes" is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to

the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-             

 

This report on Form 6-K shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the company's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-184147 and 333-184147-01) and to be a part thereof from the date which it was filed, to the extent not superseded by documents or reports subsequently filed or furnished.

 


 

 

Contents

 

 

 

Page 

 

 

Forward-looking statements

2

Presentation of information

3

Condensed consolidated income statement

5

Core summary consolidated income statement

6

Chief Executive’s message

7

Relationship with HM Treasury

12

Internal Bad Bank

13

Highlights

16

Analysis of results

19

Divisional performance

28

 

 

Results

67

 

 

Condensed consolidated income statement

67

Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income

68

Condensed consolidated balance sheet

69

Average balance sheet

70

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

73

Notes to accounts

75

 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

90

 

 

Presentation of information

90

Capital management

90

  Capital and leverage ratios

90

  Capital resources

91

  RWA flow statement

93

Liquidity, funding and related risks

94

  Overview

94

  Funding sources

95

  Liquidity portfolio

96

  Basel III liquidity ratios and other metrics

96

Credit risk

97

  Loans and related credit metrics

97

  Debt securities

100

  Derivatives

101

Market risk

102

Country risk

104

 

 

Risk factors

107

 

 

Additional information

111

 

 

Share information

111

Other financial data

112

Signature page

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

Appendix 2 Segmental analysis

 

1

 

 


 

 

Forward-looking statements

 

Certain sections in this document contain ‘forward-looking statements’ as that term is defined in the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements that include the words ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believes’, ‘should’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘could’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘Value-at-Risk (VaR)’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘objective’, ‘will’, ‘endeavour’, ‘outlook’, ‘optimistic’, ‘prospects’ and similar expressions or variations on such expressions.


In particular, this document includes forward-looking statements relating, but not limited to: the Group’s restructuring and new strategic plans, divestments, capitalisation, portfolios, net interest margin, capital ratios, liquidity, risk-weighted assets (RWAs), return on equity (ROE), profitability, cost:income ratios, leverage and loan:deposit ratios, funding and risk profile; discretionary coupon and dividend payments; certain ring-fencing proposals; sustainability targets; regulatory investigations; the Group’s future financial performance; the level and extent of future impairments and write-downs, including sovereign debt impairments; and the Group’s potential exposure to political risks and to various types of market risks, such as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and commodity and equity price risk. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and are subject to inherent risks, uncertainties and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from the future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. For example, certain market risk disclosures are dependent on choices about key model characteristics and assumptions and are subject to various limitations. By their nature, certain of the market risk disclosures are only estimates and, as a result, actual future gains and losses could differ materially from those that have been estimated.


Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by the forward-looking statements contained in this document include, but are not limited to: global economic and financial market conditions and other geopolitical risks, and their impact on the financial industry in general and on the Group in particular; the ability to implement strategic plans on a timely basis, or at all, including the disposal of assets to be included in the internal “bad bank” and the disposal of certain other assets and businesses as stated in the new strategic plan or required as part of the State Aid restructuring plan; the achievement of capital and costs reduction targets; ineffective management of capital or changes to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements; organisational restructuring in response to legislative and regulatory proposals in the United Kingdom (UK), European Union (EU) and United States (US); the ability to access sufficient sources of capital, liquidity and funding when required; deteriorations in borrower and counterparty credit quality; litigation, government and regulatory investigations including investigations relating to the setting of LIBOR and other interest rates and foreign exchange trading activities; costs or exposures borne by the Group arising out of the origination or sale of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities in the US; the extent of future write-downs and impairment charges caused by depressed asset valuations; the value and effectiveness of any credit protection purchased by the Group; unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, yield curves, foreign currency exchange rates, credit spreads, bond prices, commodity prices, equity prices and basis, volatility and correlation risks; changes in the credit ratings of the Group; changes to the valuation of financial instruments recorded at fair value; competition and consolidation in the banking sector; the ability of the Group to attract or retain senior management or other key employees; regulatory or legal changes (including those requiring any restructuring of the Group’s operations) in the UK, the US and other countries in which the Group operates or a change in UK Government policy; changes to regulatory requirements relating to capital and liquidity; changes to the monetary and interest rate policies of central banks and other governmental and regulatory bodies; changes in UK and foreign laws, regulations, accounting standards and taxes, including changes in regulatory capital regulations and liquidity requirements; the implementation of recommendations made by the Independent Commission on Banking and their potential implications and equivalent EU legislation; impairments of goodwill; pension fund shortfalls; general operational risks; HM Treasury exercising influence over the operations of the Group; reputational risk; the ability to access the contingent capital arrangements with HM Treasury; the conversion of the B Shares in accordance with their terms; limitations on, or additional requirements imposed on, the Group’s activities as a result of HM Treasury’s investment in the Group; and the success of the Group in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this document speak only as of the date of this announcement, and the Group does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

The information, statements and opinions contained in this document do not constitute a public offer under any applicable legislation or an offer to sell or solicitation of any offer to buy any securities or financial instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such securities or other financial instruments.

2

 

 


 

 

Presentation of information

 

Non-GAAP financial information

The directors manage the Group’s performance by class of business, before certain reconciling items, as is presented in the segmental analysis in Appendix 2 (the “managed basis”). Discussion of the Group’s performance focuses on the managed basis as the Group believes that such measures allow a more meaningful analysis of the Group’s financial condition and the results of its operations. These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. A body of generally accepted accounting principles such as IFRS is commonly referred to as ‘GAAP’. A non-GAAP financial measure is defined as one that measures historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows but which excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable GAAP measure. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures are presented throughout this document or in the segmental analysis in Appendix 2. These non-GAAP financial measures are not a substitute for GAAP measures. Furthermore, RBS has divided its operations into “Core” and “Non-Core”. Certain measures disclosed in this document for Core operations and used by RBS management are non-GAAP financial measures as they represent a combination of all reportable segments with the exception of Non-Core. In addition, RBS has further divided parts of the Core business into “Retail & Commercial” consisting of the UK Retail, UK Corporate, Wealth, International Banking, Ulster Bank and US Retail & Commercial divisions. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Lastly, the Basel III net stable funding ratio, fully loaded Basel III ratio, liquidity coverage ratio, stressed outflow coverage and further metrics included in the Risk and balance sheet management section and Appendix 1 of this document represent non-GAAP financial measures given they are metrics that are not yet required to be disclosed by a government, governmental authority or self-regulatory organisation.

 

Revisions

 

Direct Line Group

The Group sold the first tranche of ordinary shares representing 34.7% of the share capital of DLG in October 2012 via an Initial Public Offering. On 13 March 2013, the Group sold a further 16.8% of ordinary shares in DLG and ceded control. This fulfilled the Group’s plan to cede control of DLG by the end of 2013. On 20 September 2013, the Group sold a further 20% of the ordinary shares in DLG which is a further step towards complete disposal by the end of 2014, as required by the European Commission.

 

The Group now holds 28.5% of the issued ordinary share capital of DLG. Consequently, in the Group results DLG is treated as a discontinued operation until 12 March 2013 and as an associated undertaking thereafter, with associate income reported in Group Centre from 13 March 2013.

 

Revised allocation of Business Services costs

In the first quarter of 2013, the Group reclassified certain costs between direct and indirect expenses for all divisions. Comparatives have been restated accordingly; the revision did not affect total expenses or operating profit.

 

Implementation of IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (revised)

The Group implemented IAS 19 with effect from 1 January 2013. IAS 19 requires: the immediate recognition of all actuarial gains and losses; interest cost to be calculated on the net pension liability or asset at the long-term bond rate, such that an expected rate of return will no longer be applied to assets; and all past service costs to be recognised immediately when a scheme is curtailed or amended. Implementation of IAS 19 resulted in an increase in the loss after tax of £21 million for the quarter ended 30 September 2012 and £63 million for the nine months ended 30 September 2012. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

 

3

 

 


 

 

Presentation of information

 

Revisions (continued) 

 

Implementation of IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’

The Group implemented IFRS 10 with effect from 1 January 2013. IFRS 10 adopts a single definition of control: a reporting entity controls another entity when the reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of that other entity so as to vary returns for the reporting entity. IFRS 10 requires retrospective application. Following implementation of IFRS 10, certain entities that have trust preferred securities in issue are no longer consolidated by the Group. As a result there has been a reduction in non-controlling interests of £0.5 billion with a corresponding increase in Owners’ equity (Paid-in equity); prior periods have been restated accordingly.

 

  

  

4

 

 


 

Condensed consolidated income statement

for the period ended 30 September 2013

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

4,207 

4,281 

4,456 

  

12,767 

14,091 

Interest payable

(1,427)

(1,514)

(1,647)

  

(4,550)

(5,462)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,780 

2,767 

2,809 

  

8,217 

8,629 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

1,382 

1,392 

1,400 

  

4,090 

4,335 

Fees and commissions payable

(238)

(250)

(209)

  

(698)

(589)

Income from trading activities

444 

949 

334 

  

2,508 

1,201 

Gain/(loss) on redemption of own debt

13 

242 

(123)

  

204 

454 

Other operating income/(loss)

35 

720 

(252)

  

1,367 

(692)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

1,636 

3,053 

1,150 

  

7,471 

4,709 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,416 

5,820 

3,959 

  

15,688 

13,338 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

(1,895)

(1,840)

(1,987)

  

(5,622)

(6,532)

Premises and equipment

(544)

(548)

(550)

  

(1,648)

(1,640)

Other administrative expenses

(1,103)

(1,418)

(1,193)

  

(3,284)

(3,087)

Depreciation and amortisation

(338)

(349)

(421)

  

(1,074)

(1,304)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(3,880)

(4,155)

(4,151)

  

(11,628)

(12,563)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

536 

1,665 

(192)

  

4,060 

775 

Impairment losses

(1,170)

(1,117)

(1,176)

  

(3,320)

(3,825)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating (loss)/profit before tax

(634)

548 

(1,368)

  

740 

(3,050)

Tax charge

(81)

(328)

(3)

  

(759)

(402)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit from continuing operations

(715)

220 

(1,371)

  

(19)

(3,452)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations, net of tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Direct Line Group

62 

  

127 

167 

  - Other

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  net of tax

(5)

67 

  

133 

173 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit for the period

(720)

229 

(1,304)

  

114 

(3,279)

Non-controlling interests

(6)

14 

  

(123)

28 

Preference share and other dividends

(102)

(101)

(104)

  

(284)

(186)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit attributable to ordinary and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B shareholders

(828)

142 

(1,405)

  

(293)

(3,437)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary and B

  

  

  

  

  

  

  share from continuing operations

(7.4p)

1.2p

(13.3p)

  

(3.6p)

(32.8p)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary and B

  

  

  

  

  

  

  share from continuing and discontinued operations

(7.4p)

1.2p

(12.7p)

  

(2.6p)

(31.3p)

 

* Restated - see page 76.

5

 

 


 

Core summary consolidated income statement

for the quarter ended  30 September 2013

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,826 

2,751 

2,732 

  

8,286 

8,450 

Non-interest income

2,187 

2,423 

2,776 

  

6,969 

8,473 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

5,013 

5,174 

5,508 

  

15,255 

16,923 

Operating expenses

(3,141)

(3,243)

(3,261)

  

(9,600)

(10,169)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,872 

1,931 

2,247 

  

5,655 

6,754 

Impairment losses

(589)

(719)

(752)

  

(1,908)

(2,305)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

1,283 

1,212 

1,495 

  

3,747 

4,449 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Net interest margin

2.24%

2.21%

2.15%

  

2.21%

2.15%

  - Cost:income ratio

63%

63%

59%

  

63%

60%

  - Return on equity

7.7%

7.2%

8.8%

  

7.5%

9.2%

 

Analysis of results is set out on pages 19 to 27.

6

 

 


 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

This is my first message to you as Chief Executive. I took on the job because I believe we can make this a great bank for our customers. That’s also the best way to make RBS an attractive investment and a good place to work for all our employees. As I write today, we still have a long way to travel to achieve all of these goals.

 

We are a bank with a significant international reach but the UK is our home. It accounts for the majority of our income and it's where our reputation for customer service, community support and corporate governance will be won or lost. It is also the place where we have the most opportunity to build long-term shareholder value. We have unique responsibilities to the UK and meeting them will have financial rewards for our business.

 

Our purpose is to serve our customers and to meet more of their financial needs. And we need to find a way to serve them from a more efficient, effective and agile business platform than the one we have today. I will provide full details in February 2014 on how we intend to do this. Today, I want to set out my assessment of our current performance and the management actions we must take on capital and risk to ensure nothing distracts us from the task of making this a great customer bank again.

 

Recent performance

Our third quarter results show the areas where the bank is making progress and those where we still have more to do. I joined RBS just over a year ago because I respect Stephen Hester and admired the work he and his team had done to bring this bank back from the brink. I have seen at first hand both the scale of the challenge they took on and the success they had in what will go down as a remarkable corporate rescue. This has been a major achievement.

 

I know, however, that a balance sheet clean-up does not make a great bank on its own. We have posted our seventh consecutive quarterly operating profit today. But for the most part our improved profitability is driven by a fall in impairments rather than an increase in income. Revenue growth in our main business franchise - UK Retail and Commercial - is not what we would like it to be at this point in our recovery. I’m encouraged that costs are down 8% on last year, but they are still unsustainably high. Our Core Return on Equity was 7.7% in Q3 2013 - down from 8.9% and 9.3% for the full year 2012 and 2011 rspectively. We must do better and we can do better.

 

RBS is a very complex business that is difficult for our employees and the outside world to navigate. But the heart of our performance problem is quite easy to understand: we make it too hard for customers to do business with us and too hard for our people to serve those customers well.

 

Our personal customers do only part of their everyday banking with us and there is no reason why we can’t do more to support more of our customers’ needs. We still receive far too many complaints, often on issues that would never arise if our systems and processes were more effective. We are the biggest backer of small businesses in the UK. Every year we speak to thousands of potential new small business customers but at the moment we don’t convert enough of those conversations into actual new loans. And we haven’t made the most of the opportunities in our international network by connecting the different parts of our corporate franchise to the needs of our customers. There is a big opportunity here and we are already beginning to seize it. The restructuring of our investment bank to lower its risk profile is in full swing and it is encouraging to see some signs of delivery from the business focus on our corporate and institutional customers.

 

No-one is more frustrated by this gap between our potential and our performance than our own people. I will make turning this situation around the top priority of everyone at RBS. We must become a company that knows what it means to obsess about our customers. This is a fundamental challenge that will involve the whole organisation.

7

 

 


 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

Improving our customer performance - February 2014

So realising the full potential of our customer businesses is now our major challenge and opportunity. I am confident that we can do it. The potential I saw in the Retail Bank exists across the other businesses - strong market positions, stable businesses and good staff who are eager to serve the customer better. I have launched a full review of our ongoing businesses that places the needs of our customers at its centre. It will consider three broad areas:

 

1)

What can we do to meet more of our customers’ needs and make ourselves simple and easy to do business with?

2)

How do our operations and IT systems function for the benefit of customers? How do our core systems help or impede our employees in their work for customers?

3)

How well does RBS work together as an organisation built to serve our customers? What can we do to make life simpler for employees and how can we simplify things so the whole of RBS can be greater than the sum of its parts?

 

The business review will also capture the tough calls on costs where they are needed to improve the performance and effectiveness of the bank. We currently have a cost:income ratio of 65%. That means we only have 35p left from every £1 we earn to invest in making our business better for customers and improving returns for shareholders. Our cost:income percentage needs to be down in the mid 50s. I will announce a new plan for the way the bank serves its customers around the time of our full year results in February 2014. That plan will require full focus from all our people.

 

Good Bank/Bad Bank Review

While everyone at RBS has been working hard for the last five years and the vast bulk of our balance sheet restructuring is now complete, we still have some hard work ahead of us. An important early challenge for me is to resolve the remaining legacy issues that have taken up a lot of the top management’s time for the last few years. Without doing so we will not make the most of the plan I will set out in February.

 

Five years ago, our Non-Core assets totalled £258 billion. Through the good bank/bad bank review we have, over the last few months, been working with our major shareholder, the UK Government and their advisers to assess how far we’ve come in tackling the assets that continue to be a drag on our performance. We have a richer shared understanding of where we are today than we would have if we had not applied the rigour of this process. It is important for investors, regulators, and the management of the company that we have an agreed, robust assessment of our problematic assets.

 

We worked closely with HM Treasury and their advisers and identified a pool of £38 billion that we agreed would be a drag on our performance. These assets consume 20% of our capital and are made up predominantly of the most high risk assets we have in RBS.

 

8

 

 


 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

Good Bank/Bad Bank Review (continued) 

Through this review it has become clear that the effort, risk and expense involved in the creation of an external bad bank is not justified. The good bank/bad bank review has from the start been carried out in conjunction with the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). This has allowed us to address our shared objective of identifying ways in which to strengthen the capital position of the bank, speed up the recovery in our core UK businesses and accelerate the path to privatisation. The options open to the Group have been debated extensively by the Board and the Board has decided that RBS should take the actions we are announcing today.

 

One of the first steps we are taking is to create an internal “bad bank” to manage these assets down so as to release capital. Our goal is to remove between 55% and 70% of these assets over the next two years. While there is inevitable uncertainty associated with running down such assets, we have a clear aspiration to remove all these assets from the balance sheet in three years. Our track record in delivering the Non-Core run-down to date should give everyone confidence that we can deliver on this plan. It will be called RBS Capital Resolution Group and will have strong and transparent governance and disclosure via an oversight committee which reports regularly to the main Board.

 

Disposing of these assets over a shorter timeframe will reduce the value we can expect to recover, and will lead to accelerated and increased impairments. This will result in an immediate reduction in our expected loss capital deduction. The net impact of this on our CT1 capital ratio today is a reduction of c.10 basis points. However, by the end of 2016 we anticipate an incremental £35 billion reduction in RWAs; and a net incremental improvement in our CT1 ratio and a strong improvement in our stressed capital ratio. This is the right thing to do as we sharpen our focus on our customer businesses, which account for over 90% of our assets. 

 

Actions to improve our capital

Great banks have strong liquidity and capital positions. Our liquidity position is already strong without question. I also want to dispel any impression that RBS is travelling light on capital.

 

The Board has decided to lift our capital targets and take new actions in order to meet them. There are three drivers of our decisions:

 

1.

You only have to pick up the newspaper every day to know that the sector faces capital risks from the continued cost of litigation and charges for bad conduct with our customers. As we have been disclosing for some time, we are squarely in the mix on some of the issues that have proved expensive elsewhere. The only option is to plan to carry more capital so we can absorb these costs as we work to put things right for customers.

2.

The PRA has established a capital regime which gives it sufficient scope to vary capital requirements based on its assessment of the risk an individual bank poses to the UK financial system. Having completed a consultation period with relevant institutions, the PRA is expected to publish finalised rules for the new capital regime in December 2013. We expect that the PRA will require banks to hold a higher quality of capital in greater amounts and it is therefore prudent that RBS respond in a pro-active manner.

3.

The current pace of momentum in our core businesses means we are not rebuilding capital as quickly as we planned.

 

9

 

 


 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

Actions to improve our capital (continued)

There is a range of possible outcomes on the actual capital position at different points in time. It is our prudent judgment that RBS should now be targeting a fully loaded Basel III Core Tier 1 ratio of c.11% by the end of 2015, rising to 12% or beyond by the end of 2016 - an increase of 300 basis points from our current position.

 

In order to meet our new capital targets we are announcing several new actions today:

We will accelerate our divestment of Citizens with a partial IPO now planned for next year. We plan to fully divest the business by the end of 2016. It is a good business, with the potential to build profitability and its own shareholder base, but it’s not one that is an essential element of our strategy. The rationale for the original IPO holds and we envisage secondary sell-downs to complete the process, as we have done successfully with Direct Line Group.

Across the business we are intensifying management action to reduce risk-weighted-assets. The creation of our internal bad bank will on its own have a significant positive impact on our capital in the latter period of its rundown. The reduction of risk-weighted assets should position us safely above regulatory requirements and alongside the world’s strongest financial institutions.

 

Ulster Bank

Like all of our businesses, Ulster Bank will form part of our February 2014 review.  Subject to regulatory approval, a number of Ulster Bank assets (approximately £9 billion) will be managed by the “bad bank” and run down. But we also need to have full confidence that the rest of the Ulster Bank business is doing all it can for its customers and is playing its part within the wider company.  We need to ensure that we have a viable and sustainable business model for Ulster Bank as part of this review.  It’s an important business for the whole island of Ireland and we understand the need to get this right. 

 

Dividend Access Share

We are in advanced discussions with the UK Government about the removal of the Dividend Access Share.  We are making very good progress in dealing with this issue which I know is important to many current and prospective investors in the company.

 

Lending

Today Sir Andrew Large will publish the summary of his review into lending to small and medium-sized businesses, which we commissioned earlier this year. The picture he will paint will not be an entirely comfortable one, but it’s one we have to confront. I know that a successful, vibrant, and well-regarded SME bank is central to the overall value and reputation of this company. We must ensure our policies, processes and systems help our people to do the best job they can for customers and shareholders in this area. Our aim is to become the number one bank for SME customer service in the UK – including as measured in a new survey of SMEs by the Federation of Small Businesses and the British Chambers of Commerce – and to grow our lending along the way.

 

We have taken a number of steps to change and improve the way we do business but the Large review will show that there is significantly more we can do to expand our lending to small and medium-sized businesses. More recently, some of our competitors have managed to increase their lending in this area while we continue to contract. The detailed report will be published in one month’s time. Its thematic findings are difficult to argue with and we will address all of the detailed issues it raises in the comprehensive business review I mentioned earlier in this letter.

 

10

 

 


 

 

Chief Executive’s message

 

Conclusion

We now have a shared vision for the bank that includes the Board, our principal prudential regulator and the UK Government. I believe this is beneficial for all of our shareholders. The actions we are announcing today, when complete, will create a less complex, more effective customer business capable of delivering returns that will be attractive to prospective shareholders. They will create a bank that can reward the faith of UK taxpayers and all our investors.

 

RBS has made a lot of progress since 2009. As ever with any long and difficult job, a degree of weariness and even defensiveness has crept in. We have got to move on as a company. The bar has been set at a higher level for RBS than for other UK banks because we were rescued at the public’s expense. I have asked all our people to embrace the higher expectations that people have placed on our bank. That’s the only way we will build a really great business for our customers, our people and our shareholders. That’s my aim.

 

Ross McEwan

 

1 November 2013

11

 

 


 

 

Relationship with HM Treasury

 

Following the Report from the UK Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards in June 2013, HMT announced its intention to conduct a  “good bank”/”bad bank” review in relation to RBS. Throughout this review, the Group worked closely with HMT and its advisors to consider whether the separation and transfer of a pool of the Group’s assets into an external “bad bank” was in the interests of the Group, HMT and the Group’s other shareholders. As the review progressed, it became clear that the benefit of removing those assets from the Group to an external bad bank would not justify the effort, risk and expense which such separation would entail.

 

During this process, HMT and the PRA proposed certain actions for consideration by the Board. Key elements of these proposals were already being contemplated by the Board. In conjunction the Group has also been having discussions, initiated by the PRA, in relation to its capital planning and actions which the Group might take to enhance its capital position.

 

Separately, the Group’s new executive management team has been reviewing with the Board, and continues to review, the Group’s strategy including its business mix, operating structure and cost base. This has included a review of the Group’s current capital plan and market guidance with a view to improving the Group’s capital strength in the light of potential regulatory changes, conduct and litigation headwinds and other developments which may impact the Group’s future capital position.

 

Throughout this period, the Board has met several times to discuss these issues, determine how best to approach them and ultimately to take decisions in the interests of all of the Group’s shareholders and other stakeholders in accordance with its statutory duties.  The announcement on 1 November 2013 relating to the Group’s strategy as well as revised guidance on the Group’s capital targets reflect the Board’s decisions.

12

 

 


 

 

Internal Bad Bank

 

Background

In June 2013, in response to a recommendation by the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards, the UK Government announced that it would review the case for an  external “bad bank” to deal with RBS’s legacy and poorly-performing assets, based on three objectives:

 

accelerating the return of RBS to the private sector;

 

supporting the British economy; and

 

getting best value for the taxpayer.

Following this announcement, RBS worked closely with HMT and its advisers and identified a pool of c.£38 billion of assets with particularly high long-term capital intensity and/or potentially volatile outcomes in stressed environments.

 

 

HMT is publishing the results of its own review separately. The review concluded that the effort, risk and expense involved in the creation of an external bad bank could not be justified.

 

 

The options open to the Group for addressing its highest risk assets were reviewed and debated extensively by the Board, which decided to create an internal “bad bank” (‘IBB’) to manage these assets down so as to release capital. The IBB will bring assets under common management and increase focus on the run down (much as Non-Core does now).

 

 

Based on the July 2013 forecast of the 31 December 2013 balance sheet, c.£38 billion of funded assets were identified (see page 15), which together with associated derivatives, attract c.£116 billion of RWA equivalent. 

 

 

While the IBB is of a similar size to the current Non-Core division, the assets have been selected on a different basis and no direct comparisons can be drawn:

 

Non-Core assets were selected in 2009 on the basis of five strategic tests and comprised non-strategic businesses and countries; the lift and drop of entire activities; creditworthy assets and activities with low returns or low growth potential; high or volatile wholesale funding requirements; and assets with credit losses or capital intensity; whereas

 

The IBB will comprise assets with potentially volatile outcomes in stressed environments or with long-term capital intensity.

The IBB being established to manage these assets will be fully operational on 1 January 2014. It will be separately managed, but within the existing legal and governance structures of the Group including the creation of an IBB oversight board.

 

 

As part of its external reporting, the Group will provide comprehensive and transparent disclosures on the progress of the IBB, including funding and capital employed and released.

 

 

At 31 December 2013, approximately 50% of the portfolio’s funded assets are from Non-Core (excluding Ulster Bank), 20% from Ulster Bank (Core and Non-Core) and the remainder are from UK Corporate, International Banking and Markets, most of which are managed by the Global Restructuring Group (GRG). Additional details are set out on page 15.

 

 

Approximately £10 billion to £12 billion of assets currently managed in Non-Core will be returned to relevant Core divisions.

     

13

 

 


 

 

Internal Bad Bank

 

Impact of the revised strategy

The IBB will target a reduction of between 55% and 70% of assets by the end of 2015. While there is inevitable uncertainty associated with running down such assets, it is the Group’s aspiration to remove most of these assets from the balance sheet in three years. RBS believes that under many of the possible outcomes, and assuming favourable market conditions, no more than 15% of the IBB assets should be left on the RBS balance sheet after 3 years. The IBB is expected to be capital accretive and neutral for shareholder value, taking account of the benefits of a material reduction in the credit risk profile of the Group.

 

 

The new strategy to exit these assets over a shorter timeframe than envisaged in current plans will lead to accelerated and increased impairment losses on the non-performing assets. An estimated £4.0 billion to £4.5 billion is expected to be recognised in Q4 2013.

 

 

At the same time, there will be an immediate reduction in the Group’s expected loss capital deduction and a net capital benefit of c.£2 billion to the Group’s fully loaded Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital is expected by the end of 2016. 

 

 

The Group’s regulatory stress capital requirements and Pillar 2B stressed loss capital buffer are also expected to be reduced over time.

 

 

The new strategy will also normalise credit metrics, particularly REIL, contributing approximately 50% of the planned reductions in the Group NPL ratio from c.9% to c.3% (the original plan had a reduction to 6% by the end of 2016).

 

 

An additional c.£1 billion of impairments is expected to be incurred during the period 2014 to 2016 on assets which are currently performing.

 

 

Of the total c.£5.0 billion to £5.5 billion of IBB accelerated and increased impairment losses noted above, approximately 50% to 60% were expected in the original plan to be incurred in 2017 or later.

 

 

The cost of disposal of the IBB assets is expected to be in the range of c.£1.5 billion to £2.0 billion over 2014 to 2016. 

 

 

As many of the IBB assets are in Ireland, the tax relief on the losses is expected to be relatively limited.

 

 

Operating and funding costs of the IBB in 2014 to 2016 of c.£1.5 billion are already included in previous Group forecasts.

 

Other aspects

All numbers are indicative only at this stage.

 

 

The new IBB will formally commence on 1 January 2014 and will be called RBS Capital Resolution Group. For the fourth quarter of 2013 and 2013 as a whole, the Group’s results will continue to be reported on the existing basis.

 

 

14

 

 


 

 

Internal Bad Bank

 

Estimated funded assets and RWAe of the IBB

Analysis of the estimated funded assets and RWAe of the IBB at 31 December 2013 and the related position at 30 June 2013 (the starting point for the identification of the portfolios of the IBB) are set out below.

 

 

31 December 2013

 

30 June 2013

 

Forecast total

 

Non-performing

 

Performing

 

Total

 

Gross  TPA 

Net 

 TPA 

RWAe 

 

Gross 

TPA 

Net 

 TPA 

RWAe 

 

Gross 

 TPA 

Net 

 TPA 

RWAe 

 

Gross 

 TPA 

Net 

 TPA 

RWAe 

 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Core

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - CRE 

10.4 

8.4 

17.5 

 

7.2 

4.8 

14.2 

 

6.1 

6.1 

13.2 

 

13.3 

10.9 

27.4 

  - Ulster Bank

10.9 

4.6 

15.6 

 

12.5 

5.3 

20.8 

 

 

12.5 

5.3 

20.8 

  - Corporate

4.6 

3.7 

17.1 

 

1.6 

1.0 

3.0 

 

4.8 

4.7 

7.6 

 

6.4 

5.7 

10.6 

  - Asset Finance

2.9 

2.7 

4.8 

 

0.6 

0.4 

1.2 

 

2.4 

2.5 

4.2 

 

3.0 

2.9 

5.4 

  - Markets

4.1 

4.1 

5.8 

 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

 

4.6 

4.6 

6.6 

 

5.0 

4.9 

6.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Non-Core

32.9 

23.5 

60.8 

 

22.3 

11.8 

39.4 

 

17.9 

17.9 

31.6 

 

40.2 

29.7 

71.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ulster Bank

6.2 

4.1 

17.4 

 

5.1 

2.8 

12.9 

 

1.4 

1.4 

5.2 

 

6.5 

4.2 

18.1 

UK Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - CRE

2.1 

1.8 

5.5 

 

1.5 

1.2 

3.6 

 

1.8 

1.8 

5.7 

 

3.3 

3.0 

9.3 

  - Asset Finance

2.2 

2.2 

5.0 

 

1.0 

1.0 

3.5 

 

1.4 

1.4 

2.5 

 

2.4 

2.4 

6.0 

  - Corporate

1.6 

1.5 

4.1 

 

0.4 

0.3 

0.5 

 

1.4 

1.4 

4.1 

 

1.8 

1.7 

4.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total UK Corporate

5.9 

5.5 

14.6 

 

2.9 

2.5 

7.6 

 

4.6 

4.6 

12.3 

 

7.5 

7.1 

19.9 

International Banking

2.9 

2.6 

7.3 

 

0.9 

0.6 

3.2 

 

2.4 

2.4 

4.8 

 

3.3 

3.0 

8.0 

Markets

2.7 

2.6 

15.5 

 

 

2.8 

2.8 

19.8 

 

2.8 

2.8 

19.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Core

17.7 

14.8 

54.8 

 

8.9 

5.9 

23.7 

 

11.2 

11.2 

42.1 

 

20.1 

17.1 

65.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total IBB

50.6 

38.3 

115.6 

 

31.2 

17.7 

63.1 

 

29.1 

29.1 

73.7 

 

60.3 

46.8 

136.8 

 

Notes:

(1)

The amounts at 31 December 2013 are based on the July 2013 forecast of the 31 December 2013 balance sheet.

(2)

Funded assets or third party assets excluding derivatives (TPA) are shown gross and net of impairment provisions.

(3)

Performing assets are shown gross and net of latent provisions and valuation adjustments.

(4)

RWAs and RWA equivalent (RWAe) are on a fully loaded Basel III basis. RWAe include RWA equivalent of capital deductions.

(5)

Non-Core Ulster Bank predominantly comprises commercial real estate lending (CRE).

(6)

Core Ulster Bank comprises corporate and CRE lending.

 

15

 

 


 

 

Highlights

 

RBS announces actions to accelerate capital strengthening and enhance strategic focus

Full review of bank to improve customer service reporting February 2014

Q3 2013 pre-tax loss £634 million, after £496 million accounting charge for improved own credit

Core Tier 1 ratio up to 11.6%, or 9.1% on a fully loaded Basel III basis

 

 

 

Highlights

 

Restoring financial strength

RBS announces management actions to accelerate the building of its capital strength and to enhance its strategic focus on its core UK businesses and its international corporate capabilities.

 

 

The measures will include the creation of an internal “bad bank” to manage the run-down of high risk assets projected to be £38 billion by the end of 2013. The goal is to remove 55-70% of these assets over the next two years. While there is inevitable uncertainty associated with running down such assets, there is a clear aspiration to remove all these assets from the balance sheet in three years.

 

 

Faster run-down of high risk assets is expected to entail accelerated and increased impairments in Q4 2013 of £4.0 billion to £4.5 billion but the capital impact of this will be neutralised by a commensurate reduction in expected loss capital deductions. The net impact on the current Core Tier 1 ratio is expected to be a reduction of c.10 basis points. However, the new strategy will result in a strengthening of the Group’s capital ratios in the medium term.     

 

 

In light of a changing regulatory landscape and other capital headwinds RBS will target a Core Tier 1 ratio of c.11% on a fully loaded Basel III basis by the end of 2015, 200 basis points higher than the current position, rising to 12% or beyond by the end of 2016. 

 

 

The Group will accelerate the divestment of Citizens, the Group’s US banking subsidiary. A partial initial public offering is now planned for 2014 and the Group intends to fully divest the business by the end of 2016.

 

 

RBS’s capital strength improved in Q3 2013 as the Group delivered a Core Tier 1 ratio of 11.6%. On a fully loaded Basel III basis Core Tier 1 ratio was 9.1%, up from 8.7% at 30 June 2013.

 

Sharpening our customer focus

To capture the full potential of its customer businesses RBS is undertaking a comprehensive business review of its:

 

 

 

Customer-facing businesses

 

IT and operations

 

Organisational and decision-making structures

 

 

The review will aim to improve the bank’s performance and effectiveness in serving its customers, shareholders and wider stakeholders. The results of the review will be announced in February 2014 alongside the 2013 annual results. This will include detailed plans to realign the Group’s cost base, with a cost:income percentage target in the mid 50s, down from 65% currently.

16

 

 


 

 

Highlights

 

Q3 2013 operating results

Q3 2013 Core operating profit of £1,283 million was 6% higher than the prior quarter, driven by continuing reductions in impairment losses in Retail & Commercial and an improvement in Markets operating profits. Core operating profit was down 14% from Q3 2012, driven by ongoing strategic contraction of the Markets business, with income down 9% and costs down 4%. Core return on equity was 7.7%.

 

 

Non-Core operating losses of £845 million compared with losses of £281 million in the prior quarter and £586 million in Q3 2012, reflecting exit and restructuring costs as the division saw accelerated disposals and asset run-off, and higher impairment losses.

 

 

Group operating loss before tax was £634 million. On a managed basis, Group operating profit was £438 million in Q3 2013, compared with £931 million in Q2 2013 and £909 million in Q3 2012. After one-off items totalling £576 million, including £99 million of regulatory provisions and an additional charge of £250 million for Payment Protection Insurance redress, a pre-tax loss of £138 million was recorded, excluding own credit adjustments of £496 million.

 

 

Own credit adjustments represented a charge of £496 million, reflecting the strengthening of Group’s credit profile during the quarter. After these and a tax charge of £81 million (including a £197 million charge relating to the UK corporation tax change) and preference and other dividends of £102 million, the Group reported a loss attributable to ordinary and B shareholders of £828 million.

 

 

RBS maintained its strong track record of running off legacy assets, with Non-Core’s funded balance sheet down £8 billion to £37 billion, hitting its year-end target three months ahead of schedule. The reshaping of the Markets business also made strong progress, with funded assets down £20 billion to £248 billion and RWAs down £14 billion to £73 billion.

 

Serving our customers

UK Retail made good progress in the UK mortgage market, with applications up 14% in Q3 2013 from the prior quarter to £6.4 billion and net new lending of £607 million representing the strongest quarterly performance since 2010. Mortgage balances remained strong at £99 billion.

 

 

·

RBS and NatWest were first to make mortgages available to customers with smaller deposits under the second phase of the UK Government’s Help To Buy mortgage guarantee scheme, with strong demand evident in the early days of the scheme’s operation. 

 

 

·

During Q3 2013 UK Retail has simplified pricing on its savings accounts and launched Cashback Plus, which rewards current account holders for using their debit cards in selected retailers.

 

 

·

The detailed recommendations of Sir Andrew Large’s independent review of RBS’s lending to SMEs will be addressed in the Group’s comprehensive business review, due in February 2014.

 

 

·

UK Business & Commercial has received a positive response to 10,000 letters sent to advise customers of its appetite to lend to them if they should wish to increase their borrowing or take out new credit. Over £3.8 billion of funding had been offered through these statements of appetite by the end of Q3 2013.

 

 

·

In Q3 2013 RBS offered more than £15.0 billion of loans and facilities to UK businesses, of which £7.7 billion was to SMEs. In addition, the Group renewed £7.3 billion of UK business overdrafts, including £1.5 billion to SMEs. 

 

 

·

There have been continuing signs of improving credit demand, with Q3 2013 SME loan and overdraft applications up 6% from Q2 2013.

17

 

 


 

 

Highlights

 

Serving our customers (continued) 

·

RBS continues to support the Bank of England’s Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS). Net lending within the scope of the extended FLS was £273 million in Q3 2013, despite £1,240 million of run-off in Non-Core and commercial real estate portfolios. This compares with a reduction in net lending of £2,793 million in Q2 2013.

 

 

·

In Q3 2013 Markets helped UK corporates raise £2.4 billion, by acting as bookrunner for debt capital market issues, including £1.0 billion sterling bonds, meeting UK customers’ needs in both domestic and international markets.

 

 

Outlook

We see signs that the UK economic recovery is gaining traction and have observed higher levels of activity and confidence among our customers. Nevertheless, we expect a continued muted performance from our core businesses in the short term, due primarily to the continued effects of low interest rates, excess liquidity, a smaller balance sheet, and lower securities gains from our liquidity portfolio. We expect Markets performance in Q4 2013 to reflect normal seasonal trends. Our strategic review will start to drive cost reductions and improve efficiencies from our core businesses during 2014 but will take two to three years to embed.

 

We expect margins to be stable or slightly up, our underlying cost base to be at c.£13 billion for 2013 (excluding penalties and fines). Non-Core is forecast to be below £35 billion of funded assets, well ahead of our recent guidance. Whilst timings are uncertain, conduct and litigation charges are expected to continue as we work through the remaining outstanding issues.

 

In light of the new strategy to deal with our high risk assets we expect a significant increase in impairments in Q4 2013 which is likely to result in the Group reporting a substantial loss for the full year. The effect on the Group’s Core Tier 1 ratio is however anticipated to be minimal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

Net interest income

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,780 

2,767 

2,809 

  

8,217 

8,629 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average interest-earning assets

538,748 

551,375 

576,085 

  

549,855 

602,466 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Group

2.05%

2.01%

1.94%

  

2.00%

1.91%

  - Retail & Commercial (2)

2.95%

2.92%

2.91%

  

2.92%

2.92%

  - Non-Core

(0.35%)

0.15%

0.41%

  

(0.15%)

0.32%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notes:

(1)

For further analysis and details refer to pages 70 to 72.

(2)

Retail & Commercial (R&C) comprises the UK Retail, UK Corporate, Wealth, International Banking, Ulster Bank and US R&C divisions.

 

Key points

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Retail & Commercial net interest income increased by £52 million, 2%. Net interest margin rose by 3 basis points as deposit repricing took effect, with asset spreads broadly stable in most R&C businesses.

 

 

·

Non-Core net interest income decreased by £63 million compared with Q2 2013, which included a one-off interest in suspense recovery of £54 million.

 

 

·

Group net interest margin (NIM) increased by 4 basis point in Q3 2013. Reduced funding costs in Markets, margin improvement in R&C and a non-recurring one-off adjustment, of £38 million, were partially offset by the non-repeat of the Non-Core recovery in Q2 2013.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Group net interest income decreased by £29 million, 1%, largely due to a decline in interest earning assets, down 6%, partially offset by deposit repricing.

 

 

·

Group NIM increased by 11 basis points to 2.05%, driven by deposit repricing partially offset by a reduction in higher yielding securities and a non-recurring one-off adjustment, of £38 million.

 

 

·

The reduction in rates on rolling current account hedges continued to have a negative impact, though the drag on net interest income has started to diminish.

 

19

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

The following tables reconcile the managed basis results (a non-GAAP financial measure) to the statutory basis.

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

Non-interest income

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

1,382 

1,392 

1,400 

  

4,090 

4,335 

Fees and commissions payable

(238)

(250)

(209)

  

(698)

(589)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed and statutory basis

1,144 

1,142 

1,191 

  

3,392 

3,746 

Income from trading activities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - managed basis

599 

874 

769 

  

2,489 

2,962 

  - Asset Protection Scheme

  

(44)

  - own credit adjustments*

(155)

76 

(435)

  

20 

(1,715)

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(1)

(1)

  

(1)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

444 

949 

334 

  

2,508 

1,201 

Gain/(loss) on redemption of own debt

13 

242 

(123)

  

204 

454 

Other operating income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - managed basis

368 

661 

787 

  

1,396 

1,894 

  - Strategic disposals**

(7)

(23)

  

(7)

129 

  - own credit adjustments*

(341)

51 

(1,020)

  

(140)

(2,714)

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

15 

  

118 

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

35 

720 

(252)

  

1,367 

(692)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income - managed basis

2,111 

2,677 

2,747 

  

7,277 

8,602 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income - statutory basis

1,636 

3,053 

1,150 

  

7,471 

4,709 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

* Own credit adjustments impact:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income from trading activities

(155)

76 

(435)

  

20 

(1,715)

Other operating income

(341)

51 

(1,020)

  

(140)

(2,714)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(496)

127 

(1,455)

  

(120)

(4,429)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

**Strategic disposals

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gain/(loss) on sale and provision for loss on

  

  

  

  

  

  

  disposal of investments in:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Direct Line Group

(13)

  

(13)

197 

  - Other

(23)

  

(68)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(7)

(23)

  

(7)

129 

 

Key points

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Income from trading activities decreased by £505 million which included a charge for own credit (OCA) of £155 million compared with a credit of £76 million in Q2 2013. On a managed basis income from trading activities was £275 million lower. While Markets income remained steady, with improved results from flow rates trading, Non-Core was a loss of £109 million in Q3 2013 compared with a £134 million gain in Q2 2013 reflecting the exit and restructuring costs on a number of transactions.

 

 

·

Disposal gains on available-for-sale securities, primarily in Group Treasury, were £251 million lower at £168 million.  

 

 

·

OCA represented a charge of £496 million as the Group’s credit spreads tightened, reversing the OCA credits booked in the first half of the year.

 

20

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points (continued)

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Non-interest income increased by £486 million primarily due to a reduction in the charge for OCA, down £959 million. On a managed basis lower non-interest income primarily reflects the targeted reduction in Markets balance sheet and risk-weighted assets.

 

 

·

The increase in other operating income principally reflected a smaller charge for OCA. On a managed basis the decrease in other operating income reflects lower disposal gains on available-for-sale securities as noted above and lower operating lease income, together with higher Non-Core disposal losses in Q3 2013.

 

21

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

The following tables reconcile the managed basis results (a non-GAAP financial measure) to the statutory

basis results.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

Operating expenses

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - managed basis

1,758 

1,764 

1,882 

  

5,343 

5,998 

  - integration and restructuring costs

137 

76 

106 

  

279 

535 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(1)

  

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,895 

1,840 

1,987 

  

5,622 

6,532 

Premises and equipment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - managed basis

540 

526 

510 

  

1,619 

1,572 

  - integration and restructuring costs

22 

38 

  

29 

66 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

544 

548 

550 

  

1,648 

1,640 

Other administrative expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - managed basis

683 

801 

716 

  

2,162 

2,214 

  - Payment Protection Insurance costs

250 

185 

400 

  

435 

660 

  - Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and

  

  

  

  

  

  

    related costs

  

50 

  - regulatory and legal actions

99 

385 

  

484 

  - integration and restructuring costs

70 

48 

76 

  

154 

211 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(1)

  

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,103 

1,418 

1,193 

  

3,284 

3,087 

Depreciation and amortisation

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - managed basis

305 

308 

365 

  

942 

1,122 

  - amortisation of purchased intangible assets

39 

38 

47 

  

118 

146 

  - integration and restructuring costs

(6)

  

14 

36 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

338 

349 

421 

  

1,074 

1,304 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses - managed basis

3,286 

3,399 

3,473 

  

10,066 

10,906 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses - statutory basis

3,880 

4,155 

4,151 

  

11,628 

12,563 

 

Key points

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Operating expenses decreased by £275 million to £3,880 million primarily driven by a reduction in regulatory and legal actions partially offset by an increase in Payment Protection Insurance costs (PPI) and integration and restructuring costs. These principally related to the strategic reshaping of the Markets division and streamlining of UK Retail operations.

 

 

·

Staff expenses were £55 million lower. Staff expenses on a managed basis were £6 million lower, with headcount down by 1,400, principally in UK Retail, Markets and Non-Core. Premises and equipment costs, however, were £14 million higher, as the Group stepped up investment to improve its IT delivery capability.

 

 

·

Conduct-related costs were £83 million lower, including reduced legal costs in Centre and customer remediation charges in UK Corporate.

 

22

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

The reduction in operating expenses primarily relates to a reduction in PPI costs partially offset by an increase in regulatory and legal action costs.

 

 

·

Staff costs were £92 million lower. Staff costs on a managed basis were 7% lower, driven by the Markets headcount reductions implemented since Q3 2012. Markets’ compensation ratio in the first nine months of the year was 37%, an increase of 1% compared with the same period of 2012.

 

23

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

2013 

2012 

Impairment losses

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses

1,120 

1,125 

1,183 

  

3,281 

3,913 

Securities

50 

(8)

(7)

  

39 

(88)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group impairment losses - managed and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  statutory basis

1,170 

1,117 

1,176 

  

3,320 

3,825 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - individually assessed

580 

826 

661 

  

2,052 

2,351 

  - collectively assessed

287 

293 

562 

  

1,021 

1,691 

  - latent

253 

15 

(40)

  

217 

(153)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer loans

1,120 

1,134 

1,183 

  

3,290 

3,889 

Bank loans

(9)

  

(9)

24 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses

1,120 

1,125 

1,183 

  

3,281 

3,913 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

584 

659 

751 

  

1,842 

2,266 

Non-Core

536 

466 

432 

  

1,439 

1,647 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

1,120 

1,125 

1,183 

  

3,281 

3,913 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer loan impairment charge as a % of

  

  

  

  

  

  

  gross loans and advances to customers (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

1.0%

1.0%

1.0%

  

1.0%

1.1%

Core

0.6%

0.7%

0.7%

  

0.6%

0.8%

Non-Core

5.2%

4.0%

2.8%

  

4.7%

3.6%

 

Note:

(1)

Customer loan impairment charge as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers excludes reverse repurchase agreements and includes disposal groups.

 

Key points

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Core Retail & Commercial loan impairments fell by £158 million, or 23%, with charges relating to a small number of large single name cases in International Banking and UK Corporate in Q2 not being repeated. Core Ulster Bank also showed improvements, with a reduction in losses on the mortgage portfolio as arrears formation continued to fall and residential property prices stabilised.

 

 

·

Non-Core loan impairments were up £70 million to £536 million. The increase primarily related to Ulster Bank’s CRE development portfolio. This was partially offset by reduced losses on the UK Corporate portfolio.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Core Retail & Commercial loan impairments fell by £238 million or 31%, including a £125 million reduction in Core Ulster Bank, accompanied by significant improvements in UK Retail and UK Corporate.

 

 

·

Non-Core loan impairments increased by £104 million due to higher impairment charges on commercial real estate loans in the Ulster Bank-originated book, partly offset by continued portfolio run-off.

 

For further details of the Group’s exposures and provisioning refer to page 97 and Appendix 1.

24

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

  

  

  

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

Capital resources and ratios

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

Core Tier 1 capital

£48bn

£48bn

£47bn

Tier 1 capital

£57bn

£58bn

£57bn

Total capital

£67bn

£69bn

£67bn

Risk-weighted assets (RWAs)

£410bn

£436bn

£460bn

Core Tier 1 ratio

11.6%

11.1%

10.3%

Tier 1 ratio

13.8%

13.3%

12.4%

Total capital ratio

16.2%

15.8%

14.5%

 

Key points

 

30 September 2013 compared with 30 June 2013

·

The Group’s Core Tier 1 ratio strengthened further to 11.6%, driven by a substantial reduction in risk-weighted assets, principally reflecting the strategic reshaping of the Markets division.

 

 

·

Group RWAs fell by £26 billion to £410 billion. Markets was £14 billion lower, with a reduced balance sheet and declining market risk while Non-Core fell £5 billion. Retail & Commercial RWAs were down £6 billion, largely driven by foreign exchange movements. 

 

 

·

On a fully loaded Basel III basis, the Core Tier 1 ratio strengthened by 40 basis points to 9.1%, above the Group’s year end capital target of over 9%.

 

30 September 2013 compared with 31 December 2012

·

The Group’s Core Tier 1 ratio was 130 basis points higher at 11.6%. On a fully loaded Basel III basis, the Core Tier 1 ratio was 140 basis points higher.

 

 

·

Since 31 December 2012, Group RWAs have fallen by £50 billion, with Markets declining by £28 billion and Non-Core £19 billion lower.

 

 

·

The total capital ratio increased by 170 basis points to 16.2%.

 

 

For further details of the Group’s capital resources refer to page 90.

 

25

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

  

  

  

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

Balance sheet

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

Total assets

£1,129bn

£1,216bn

£1,312bn

Derivatives

£323bn

£373bn

£442bn

  

  

  

  

Funded balance sheet (1)

£806bn

£843bn

£870bn

Loans and advances to customers (2)

£408bn

£420bn

£432bn

Customer deposits (3)

£434bn

£437bn

£434bn

Loan:deposit ratio - Core (4)

87%

88%

90%

Loan:deposit ratio - Group (4)

94%

96%

100%

 

Notes:

(1)

Funded balance sheet represents total assets less derivatives.

(2)

Excluding reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing.

(3)

Excluding repurchase agreements and stock lending.

(4)

Net of provisions, including disposal groups and excluding repurchase agreements. Excluding disposal groups, the loan:deposit ratios of Core and Group at 30 September 2013 were 87% and 94% respectively (30 June 2013 - 88% and 96%; 31 December 2012 - 90% and 99%)

 

Key points

 

30 September 2013 compared with 30 June 2013

·

The Group’s funding position remained strong, reflecting continuing Non-Core run-off and reduced Markets collateral requirements. Total customer deposits declined by only 1% despite tighter pricing.

 

 

·

Retail & Commercial loans and advances were down £2 billion, as the strength of sterling reduced dollar and euro-denominated balances. UK Corporate property balances declined, offset by growth in International Banking trade finance balances.

 

30 September 2013 compared with 31 December 2012

·

The Group loan:deposit ratio was 94% compared with 100% at the end of 2012. The Group has continued to attract deposits despite tightening its pricing, leaving a significant customer funding surplus as Non-Core loans and advances continue to run off.

 

 

·

Funded assets fell to £806 billion, a reduction of £64 billion since 31 December 2012, principally reflecting strategic reshaping of Markets and Non-Core run-off.

 

 

·

The Group’s funded balance sheet has been reduced by £757 billion from its worst point, with only £37 billion of Non-Core assets remaining.

26

 

 


 

 

Analysis of results

 

 

  

  

  

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

Funding and liquidity metrics

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

Deposits (1)

£473bn

£482bn

£491bn

Deposits as a percentage of funded balance sheet

59%

57%

56%

Short-term wholesale funding (2)

£35bn

£37bn

£42bn

Wholesale funding (2)

£114bn

£129bn

£150bn

Short-term wholesale funding as a percentage of funded balance sheet

4%

4%

5%

Short-term wholesale funding as a percentage of total wholesale funding

31%

29%

28%

  

  

  

  

Liquidity portfolio

£151bn

£158bn

£147bn

Liquidity portfolio as a percentage of funded balance sheet

19%

19%

17%

Liquidity portfolio as a percentage of short-term wholesale funding

431%

427%

350%

  

  

  

  

Net stable funding ratio

119%

120%

117%

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes repurchase agreements and stock lending and includes disposal groups.

(2)

Excludes derivative collateral.

 

Key points

 

30 September 2013 compared with 30 June 2013

·

Short-term wholesale funding fell in the quarter to £35 billion, just 4% of the funded balance sheet.

 

 

·

The Group’s liquidity portfolio was reduced to £151 billion compared with £158 billion at 30 June 2013, but remained flat as a proportion of the total funded balance sheet at 19%.  

 

30 September 2013 compared with 31 December 2012

·

Short-term wholesale funding fell by £7 billion in the year-to-date to £35 billion, 4% of the funded balance sheet and 31% of total wholesale funding.

 

 

·

Liquidity metrics improved during the year-to-date reflecting continuing balance sheet improvements.

 

For further details of the Group’s funding and liquidity metrics refer to page 94.

27

 

 


 

 

Divisional performance

 

The operating profit/(loss) of each division is shown below.

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

  

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss) by division

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

517 

477 

464 

  

1,471 

1,378 

UK Corporate

422 

395 

368 

  

1,175 

1,372 

Wealth

60 

56 

63 

  

172 

167 

International Banking

83 

42 

175 

  

219 

439 

Ulster Bank

(132)

(165)

(242)

  

(461)

(797)

US Retail & Commercial

142 

174 

223 

  

505 

554 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

1,092 

979 

1,051 

  

3,081 

3,113 

Markets

210 

93 

295 

  

581 

1,370 

Central items

(19)

140 

149 

  

85 

(34)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

1,283 

1,212 

1,495 

  

3,747 

4,449 

Non-Core

(845)

(281)

(586)

  

(1,631)

(1,937)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

438 

931 

909 

  

2,116 

2,512 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Reconciling items:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(496)

127 

(1,455)

  

(120)

(4,429)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(250)

(185)

(400)

  

(435)

(660)

Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related

  

  

  

  

  

  

  costs

  

(50)

Regulatory and legal actions

(99)

(385)

  

(484)

Integration and restructuring costs

(205)

(149)

(229)

  

(476)

(848)

Gain on redemption of own debt

13 

242 

(123)

  

204 

454 

Asset Protection Scheme

  

(44)

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(39)

(38)

(47)

  

(118)

(146)

Strategic disposals

(7)

(23)

  

(7)

129 

RFS Holdings minority interest

11 

(1)

(1)

  

110 

(18)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

(634)

548 

(1,368)

  

740 

(3,050)

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment losses/(recoveries) by division

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

82 

89 

141 

  

251 

436 

UK Corporate

150 

194 

247 

  

529 

604 

Wealth

  

30 

International Banking

28 

99 

12 

  

182 

74 

Ulster Bank

204 

263 

329 

  

707 

1,046 

US Retail & Commercial

59 

32 

21 

  

110 

68 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

524 

679 

758 

  

1,787 

2,258 

Markets

(1)

43 

(6)

  

58 

15 

Central items

66 

(3)

  

63 

32 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

589 

719 

752 

  

1,908 

2,305 

Non-Core

581 

398 

424 

  

1,412 

1,520 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group impairment losses

1,170 

1,117 

1,176 

  

3,320 

3,825 

28

 

 


 

 

Divisional performance

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

  

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

%

%

%

  

%

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin by division

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

3.62 

3.56 

3.53 

  

3.56 

3.57 

UK Corporate

3.09 

3.05 

2.99 

  

3.05 

3.08 

Wealth

3.56 

3.41 

3.88 

  

3.51 

3.74 

International Banking

1.47 

1.62 

1.70 

  

1.61 

1.65 

Ulster Bank

1.86 

1.85 

1.92 

  

1.85 

1.87 

US Retail & Commercial

2.99 

2.91 

2.96 

  

2.94 

3.00 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

2.95 

2.92 

2.91 

  

2.92 

2.92 

Non-Core

(0.35)

0.15 

0.41 

  

(0.15)

0.32 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group net interest margin

2.05 

2.01 

1.94 

  

2.00 

1.91 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

Total funded assets by division

  

  

  

UK Retail

117.0 

116.1 

117.4 

UK Corporate

107.0 

107.6 

110.2 

Wealth

21.0 

21.3 

21.4 

International Banking

53.3 

51.9 

53.0 

Ulster Bank

29.2 

30.3 

30.6 

US Retail & Commercial

71.4 

74.1 

72.1 

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

398.9 

401.3 

404.7 

Markets

248.2 

267.9 

284.5 

Central items

120.5 

126.9 

110.3 

  

  

  

  

Core

767.6 

796.1 

799.5 

Non-Core

37.3 

45.4 

57.4 

  

  

  

  

  

804.9 

841.5 

856.9 

Direct Line Group

12.7 

RFS Holdings minority interest

0.9 

1.0 

0.8 

  

  

  

  

Group

805.8 

842.5 

870.4 

29

 

 


 

 

Divisional performance

 

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets by division

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

44.8 

44.1 

2%

45.7 

(2%)

UK Corporate

87.2 

88.1 

(1%)

86.3 

1%

Wealth

12.1 

12.5 

(3%)

12.3 

(2%)

International Banking

48.4 

49.7 

(3%)

51.9 

(7%)

Ulster Bank

31.8 

33.9 

(6%)

36.1 

(12%)

US Retail & Commercial

56.1 

58.2 

(4%)

56.5 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

280.4 

286.5 

(2%)

288.8 

(3%)

Markets

73.2 

86.8 

(16%)

101.3 

(28%)

Other (primarily Group Treasury)

11.6 

12.3 

(6%)

5.8 

100%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

365.2 

385.6 

(5%)

395.9 

(8%)

Non-Core

40.9 

46.3 

(12%)

60.4 

(32%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group before RFS Holdings minority interest

406.1 

431.9 

(6%)

456.3 

(11%)

RFS Holdings minority interest

3.9 

4.1 

(5%)

3.3 

18%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

410.0 

436.0 

(6%)

459.6 

(11%)

 

 

 

Employee numbers by division

(full time equivalents rounded to the nearest hundred)

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

23,900 

25,300 

26,000 

UK Corporate

13,700 

13,800 

13,300 

Wealth

5,000 

5,100 

5,100 

International Banking

4,800 

4,800 

4,600 

Ulster Bank

4,800 

4,800 

4,500 

US Retail & Commercial

18,300 

18,500 

18,700 

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

70,500 

72,300 

72,200 

Markets

10,900 

11,200 

11,300 

Group Centre

7,300 

6,700 

6,800 

  

  

  

  

Core

88,700 

90,200 

90,300 

Non-Core

1,900 

2,200 

3,100 

  

  

  

  

  

90,600 

92,400 

93,400 

Business Services

29,500 

29,000 

29,100 

Integration and restructuring

200 

300 

500 

  

  

  

  

Group

120,300 

121,700 

123,000 

30

 

 


 

 

UK Retail

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

  

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,013 

987 

990 

  

2,965 

2,979 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

243 

215 

231 

  

670 

682 

Other non-interest income

11 

10 

21 

  

35 

78 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

254 

225 

252 

  

705 

760 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,267 

1,212 

1,242 

  

3,670 

3,739 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(177)

(180)

(201)

  

(535)

(625)

  - other

(137)

(115)

(93)

  

(364)

(282)

Indirect expenses

(354)

(351)

(343)

  

(1,049)

(1,018)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(668)

(646)

(637)

  

(1,948)

(1,925)

Profit before impairment losses

599 

566 

605 

  

1,722 

1,814 

Impairment losses

(82)

(89)

(141)

  

(251)

(436)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

517 

477 

464 

  

1,471 

1,378 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal advances

233 

220 

230 

  

676 

688 

Personal deposits

125 

124 

158 

  

352 

511 

Mortgages

664 

649 

598 

  

1,941 

1,757 

Cards

213 

210 

218 

  

632 

649 

Other

32 

38 

  

69 

134 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,267 

1,212 

1,242 

  

3,670 

3,739 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

18 

15 

29 

  

43 

87 

Personal

34 

50 

77 

  

119 

243 

Cards

30 

24 

35 

  

89 

106 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

82 

89 

141 

  

251 

436 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

   customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

   reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

0.1%

0.1%

0.1%

  

0.1%

0.1%

Personal

1.7%

2.4%

3.5%

  

2.0%

3.6%

Cards

2.1%

1.7%

2.5%

  

2.1%

2.5%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.3%

0.3%

0.5%

  

0.3%

0.5%

31

 

 


 

 

UK Retail

 

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

28.0%

26.1%

23.8%

  

26.5%

23.5%

Net interest margin

3.62%

3.56%

3.53%

  

3.56%

3.57%

Cost:income ratio

53%

53%

51%

  

53%

51%

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - mortgages

98.9 

98.3 

1%

  

99.1 

  - personal

8.1 

8.3 

(2%)

  

8.8 

(8%)

  - cards

5.7 

5.6 

2%

  

5.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

112.7 

112.2 

  

113.6 

(1%)

Loan impairment provisions

(2.2)

(2.5)

(12%)

  

(2.6)

(15%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

110.5 

109.7 

1%

  

111.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending

3.8 

4.3 

(12%)

  

4.6 

(17%)

Provision coverage (2)

59%

58%

100bp

  

58%

100bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Current accounts

31.5 

31.2 

1%

  

28.9 

9%

  - Savings

81.9 

80.4 

2%

  

78.7 

4%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total customer deposits

113.4 

111.6 

2%

  

107.6 

5%

Assets under management (excluding deposits)

5.9 

5.8 

2%

  

6.0 

(2%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

97%

98%

(100bp)

  

103%

(600bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

37.0 

36.3 

2%

  

37.9 

(2%)

  - Operational risk

7.8 

7.8 

  

7.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk-weighted assets

44.8 

44.1 

2%

  

45.7 

(2%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(3)

Divisional RWAs are based on a long-term conservative average secured mortgage probability of default methodology rather than the current lower point in time basis required for regulatory reporting.

 

Key points

UK Retail continues to work towards being the best retail bank in the UK. In August 2013, it was announced that the division’s then CEO, Ross McEwan, would take up the position of RBS Group CEO and a comprehensive internal and external search for his successor commenced. Les Matheson (previously Managing Director of Products and Marketing) has been appointed as interim CEO of UK Retail to lead the business in achieving its goals.

 

The division’s newly retrained mortgage advisors continued to make good progress with new mortgage lending, growing application values by a further 14% in Q3 2013 following a 72% rebound in Q2 2013. Completion values increased by 64% following the high volume of applications in Q2 2013. RBS was the first bank to be ready to deliver the second phase of the Government’s Help to Buy scheme, launched in early October 2013, and the very strong early response from customers has further reinforced UK Retail’s determination to help young people and families across Britain buy their next home. 

32

 

 


 

 

UK Retail

 

Key points (continued) 

During Q3 2013, the division also continued to focus on making banking simple and easy for customers. The pricing on Cash/Instant Access ISAs was simplified, with fewer interest rate tiers and improved entry level interest rates.

 

Cashback Plus rewarding customers with a cash rebate for using their debit card in selected stores was launched for current account holders in the quarter. This is the first free debit card cashback scheme to launch in the UK, offering something innovative to RBS and NatWest customers. Over 400,000 customers had signed up for Cashback Plus by the end of Q3 2013. In addition, more than one million credit card customers were using the Your Points loyalty scheme by the quarter end, receiving a variety of benefits for transacting on their card. 

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Operating profit increased by £40 million, or 8%, reflecting good income performance and stable, low levels of impairments.

 

 

·

Loans and advances to customers increased as mortgage completions rebounded following advisor  retraining during H1 2013. Credit card balances increased slightly, offset by a small decline in personal advances.

 

 

·

Customer deposit balances increased by 2%, with strong balance growth of 5% in instant access savings products. The volume of new instant access accounts increased by 3% to 7.6 million during the quarter.

 

 

·

Net interest income was 3% higher.

 

 

 

Savings margins improved slightly as fixed rate products rolled off and strong growth in instant access products continued. This was offset by current account margin decline.

 

Mortgage new business margins continued to fall in line with market conditions; however, mortgage volumes increased and overall mortgage book margins remained stable.

 

 

·

Non-interest income increased by £29 million as minimal regulatory provisions were taken compared with Q2 2013. Strong transactional income from both debit and credit cards, supported by Cashback Plus and Your Points loyalty schemes respectively also contributed to this increase.

 

 

·

Direct costs were 6% higher as continued lower staff costs were more than offset by increased non-staff charges.

 

 

 

Direct staff costs declined further as headcount was reduced by 1,400.

 

Direct other costs increased due to a higher FSCS levy and other regulatory charges.

 

Indirect costs increased due to higher technology investment costs.

 

 

·

Impairments were 8% lower, driven by lower customer defaults. Recoveries remained strong across the portfolio of impaired debt.

 

 

·

Risk elements in lending reduced by £0.5 billion primarily reflecting the write down of unsecured assets and the reclassification of certain mortgage loans.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets increased as a result of volume growth and minor model recalibrations, primarily in mortgages.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Operating profit increased by 11% with lower impairment losses and higher income, partly offset by increased costs. 

 

 

·

Net interest income increased, reflecting higher mortgage balances. Current account balances have grown strongly, however, this has been more than offset by lower rates on hedges.

33

 

 


 

 

UK Retail

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012 (continued) 

·

Non-interest income remained broadly flat. Strong transactional income from debit and credit cards, with volumes 10% higher, was offset by lower investment and advice income following the Retail Distribution Review.

 

 

·

Direct staff costs decreased, reflecting a 3,200 headcount reduction. Other direct costs increased principally due to higher FSCS levies, regulatory charges and increased marketing activity. Indirect costs reflected higher technology investment expenditure.

 

 

·

Impairments were 42% lower as a result of improved asset quality and significantly lower default volumes.

 

34

 

 


 

 

UK Corporate

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

725 

715 

729 

  

2,146 

2,257 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

328 

335 

334 

  

984 

1,016 

Other non-interest income

59 

92 

75 

  

208 

277 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

387 

427 

409 

  

1,192 

1,293 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,112 

1,142 

1,138 

  

3,338 

3,550 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(229)

(226)

(229)

  

(683)

(714)

  - other

(90)

(113)

(91)

  

(308)

(265)

Indirect expenses

(221)

(214)

(203)

  

(643)

(595)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(540)

(553)

(523)

  

(1,634)

(1,574)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

572 

589 

615 

  

1,704 

1,976 

Impairment losses

(150)

(194)

(247)

  

(529)

(604)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

422 

395 

368 

  

1,175 

1,372 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate and commercial lending

631 

665 

613 

  

1,918 

1,964 

Asset and invoice finance

169 

170 

176 

  

503 

509 

Corporate deposits

88 

83 

141 

  

244 

481 

Other

224 

224 

208 

  

673 

596 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,112 

1,142 

1,138 

  

3,338 

3,550 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial institutions

(1)

  

12 

Hotels and restaurants

12 

  

37 

29 

Housebuilding and construction

14 

  

27 

118 

Manufacturing

17 

20 

  

30 

39 

Private sector education, health, social work,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  recreational and community services

36 

44 

(8)

  

105 

35 

Property

41 

93 

117 

  

203 

181 

Wholesale and retail trade, repairs

20 

16 

  

59 

65 

Asset and invoice finance

10 

  

11 

30 

Shipping

(1)

24 

29 

  

31 

40 

Other

11 

(1)

35 

  

20 

55 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

150 

194 

247 

  

529 

604 

35

 

 


 

 

UK Corporate

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

Financial institutions

0.4%

(0.1%)

0.6%

  

0.2%

0.3%

Hotels and restaurants

0.5%

0.9%

0.4%

  

0.9%

0.7%

Housebuilding and construction

1.2%

0.8%

1.6%

  

1.2%

4.5%

Manufacturing

1.6%

0.5%

1.7%

  

0.9%

1.1%

Private sector education, health, social work,

1.7%

2.0%

(0.4%)

  

  

0.5%

  recreational and community services

  

1.6%

Property

0.7%

1.5%

1.8%

  

1.2%

0.9%

Wholesale and retail trade, repairs

1.0%

0.3%

0.7%

  

0.9%

1.0%

Asset and invoice finance

0.2%

0.2%

0.4%

  

0.1%

0.4%

Shipping

(0.1%)

1.3%

1.5%

  

0.6%

0.7%

Other

0.2%

0.5%

  

0.1%

0.3%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.6%

0.7%

0.9%

  

0.7%

0.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

12.4%

11.8%

11.9%

  

11.7%

15.0%

Net interest margin

3.09%

3.05%

2.99%

  

3.05%

3.08%

Cost:income ratio

49%

48%

46%

  

49%

44%

 

Note:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax, divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

 

36

 

 


 

 

UK Corporate

 

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  - financial institutions

4.7 

4.6 

2%

5.8 

(19%)

  - hotels and restaurants

5.5 

5.5 

5.6 

(2%)

  - housebuilding and construction

2.9 

2.9 

3.4 

(15%)

  - manufacturing

4.3 

4.4 

(2%)

4.7 

(9%)

  - private sector education, health, social

  

  

  

  

  

    work, recreational and community services

8.6 

8.7 

(1%)

8.7 

(1%)

  - property

23.1 

24.1 

(4%)

24.8 

(7%)

  - wholesale and retail trade, repairs

8.4 

8.2 

2%

8.5 

(1%)

  - asset and invoice finance

11.6 

11.6 

11.2 

4%

  - shipping

7.0 

7.3 

(4%)

7.6 

(8%)

  - other

27.7 

27.3 

1%

26.7 

4%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

103.8 

104.6 

(1%)

107.0 

(3%)

Loan impairment provisions

(2.3)

(2.4)

(4%)

(2.4)

(4%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

101.5 

102.2 

(1%)

104.6 

(3%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets

107.0 

107.6 

(1%)

110.2 

(3%)

Risk elements in lending

6.0 

6.2 

(3%)

5.5 

9%

Provision coverage (1)

39%

39%

-

45%

(600bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

124.9 

126.2 

(1%)

127.1 

(2%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

81%

81%

-

82%

(100bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

78.8 

79.7 

(1%)

77.7 

1%

  - Operational risk

8.4 

8.4 

8.6 

(2%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

87.2 

88.1 

(1%)

86.3 

1%

 

Note:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

Key points

UK Corporate continues to pursue new initiatives to deliver on its commitment to UK businesses and the communities it operates in.

 

As part of the division’s concerted effort to support its SME customers, UK Corporate is proactively reviewing the business needs of SME customers to understand if they could benefit from the offer of additional facilities. By the end of September 2013, over 10,000 customers had been identified for additional funding under UK Corporate’s 'Statements of Appetite' initiative with over £3.8 billion of funding offered to customers.

 

In Q3 2013 UK Corporate received more lending applications from SME customers than in any other period of 2013. For our larger customers UK Corporate has set aside £1.25 billion of funding for targeted support to housing associations, education sector clients and strategic infrastructure projects.

 

The division has continued to support the government-backed Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS). Surpassing its original FLS commitment, UK Corporate has now allocated in excess of £4.6 billion of new FLS-related lending to over 26,000 customers, £2.9 billion of which has been drawn. Mid-sized manufacturers are being offered targeted support, with interest rates reduced by more than 1% in some cases. SME customers have benefited from both lower interest rates and the removal of arrangement fees.

 

37

 

 


 

 

UK Corporate

 

Key points (continued) 

In July 2013, RBS announced an independent review by Sir Andrew Large of the lending standards and practices used by RBS and NatWest. The detailed findings of Sir Andrew’s report will be addressed in full in the Group’s comprehensive business review. UK corporate is committed to adopting a revised strategy and capabilities to enhance support to SMEs and the wider UK economic recovery while maintaining safe and sound lending practices.

 

Over 8,000 members of the public have benefited from UK Corporate’s Business Banking Enterprise Programme in 2013. Through its combination of nationwide start-up surgeries, mobile business schools and business academies, the programme offers support and advice to aspiring entrepreneurs, start-up businesses and established SMEs looking to grow.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Following growth of 10% in Q2 2013, operating profit increased by a further 7% with a return on equity of 12.4%.

 

 

·

Net interest income increased by 1%, benefiting from deposit and asset repricing. The additional day in the quarter helped offset the continued impact of lower yields on current accounts.

 

 

·

Non-interest income declined by 9%, primarily from the non-repeat of an equity gain of £20 million recorded in Q2 2013.

 

 

·

Total expenses were 2% lower, with no additional customer remediation costs in the quarter.

 

 

·

Impairments improved by £44 million, or 23%, with fewer significant individual cases in the mid-to-large corporate business.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets were £1 billion lower as reduced asset volumes offset the increase resulting from the implementation of regulatory capital model change for shipping exposures.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Operating profit improved by 15%, principally driven by lower impairment charges.

 

 

·

Net interest income declined by 1% with economic factors affecting deposit returns combined with a 4% reduction in lending volumes, partially offset by the repricing initiatives.

 

 

·

Non-interest income was down 5%, due to an £18 million reduction in operating lease income (offset by an associated reduction in operating lease depreciation in expenses), lower lending fees and higher derivative close-out costs on impaired assets. These were partially offset by a one-off fair value charge of £25 million recorded on investments in Q3 2012.

 

 

·

Total expenses were up 3%, reflecting a £15 million increased allocation of branch network costs. Direct costs remained flat with higher investment spend and costs of the lending review, offset by a £14 million reduction in operating lease depreciation.

 

 

·

Impairments improved by £97 million due to fewer significant individual cases.

 

 

·

The loan to deposit ratio moved to 81% from 84% in Q3 2012. Lending volumes were down 4% as business demand for credit remained weak, whilst deposits were down 1% reflecting the rebalancing of the Group’s liquidity position.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets increased as a result of regulatory capital model changes, in part offset by  reduced asset volumes and movements into default.

 

38

 

 


 

 

Wealth

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

169 

162 

185 

  

500 

542 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

90 

91 

94 

  

270 

277 

Other non-interest income

12 

19 

13 

  

46 

66 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

102 

110 

107 

  

316 

343 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

271 

272 

292 

  

816 

885 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(102)

(110)

(103)

  

(320)

(334)

  - other

(30)

(27)

(43)

  

(81)

(128)

Indirect expenses

(78)

(77)

(75)

  

(235)

(226)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(210)

(214)

(221)

  

(636)

(688)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

61 

58 

71 

  

180 

197 

Impairment losses

(1)

(2)

(8)

  

(8)

(30)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

60 

56 

63 

  

172 

167 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income

  

  

  

  

  

  

Private banking

222 

223 

237 

  

669 

726 

Investments

49 

49 

55 

  

147 

159 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

271 

272 

292 

  

816 

885 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key metrics

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

13.1%

12.1%

13.8%

  

12.4%

12.0%

Net interest margin

3.56%

3.41%

3.88%

  

3.51%

3.74%

Cost:income ratio

77%

79%

76%

  

78%

78%

 

Note:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

 

39

 

 


 

 

Wealth

 

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  - mortgages

8.7 

8.7 

8.8 

(1%)

  - personal

5.6 

5.7 

(2%)

5.5 

2%

  - other

2.6 

2.7 

(4%)

2.8 

(7%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

16.9 

17.1 

(1%)

17.1 

(1%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

16.8 

17.0 

(1%)

17.0 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending

0.3 

0.3 

0.2 

50%

Provision coverage (1)

38%

39%

(100bp)

44%

(600bp)

Assets under management (excluding deposits)

30.5 

31.1 

(2%)

28.9 

6%

Customer deposits

38.1 

38.9 

(2%)

38.9 

(2%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

44%

44%

-

44%

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

10.1 

10.6 

(5%)

10.3 

(2%)

  - Market risk

0.1 

100%

0.1 

  - Operational risk

1.9 

1.9 

1.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12.1 

12.5 

(3%)

12.3 

(2%)

 

Note:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

Key points

In Q3 2013, Coutts made further progress in implementing its UK strategy. The new advice proposition, post the UK’s Retail Distribution Review, has delivered over £2 billion of assets under advice year to date.

 

Coutts continues to streamline client-facing processes and drive greater benefits from its global technology platform. It recently announced a reduction in the London property footprint from 11 buildings to 2 in order to drive further synergies. Good progress continues with the restructuring and investment in the international trust business including the closure of the Berne office in Q3 2013.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Operating profit was up £4 million primarily due to lower expenses reflecting the continued focus on cost reduction.

 

 

·

Income was down £1 million with a 7%  decrease in non-interest income partially offset by a 4%  increase in net interest income. The increase in net interest income is a result of Wealth’s repricing initiatives on deposits. This follows a reduction in the spread earned on a number of deposit products, reflecting lower Group funding requirements. Lower non-interest income was largely due to lower transactional activity in the international businesses.

 

 

·

Expenses decreased by 2%  reflecting reduced headcount, from efficiency gains following investment in the global platform infrastructure, and a continued focus on discretionary costs.

 

 

·

Client assets and liabilities managed by the division declined by 2% with a reduction in deposits, following repricing initiatives in the UK, and a reduction in assets under management, due to movements in exchange rates. Lending remained broadly stable.

 

 

·

Impairments were £1 million lower, as the credit quality of the loan book remained strong.

 

40

 

 


 

 

Wealth

 

Key points (continued)

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Operating profit was down 5%  with lower income only partially offset by reduced expenses and impairment losses.

 

 

·

Net interest income declined by 9%,  reflecting lower spreads on a number of deposit products. Non-interest income was 5%  lower as market volatility led to a decrease in investment income.

 

 

·

Expenses fell by 5%  due to reduced headcount and continued management of the cost base.

 

 

·

Client assets and liabilities managed by the division were flat Lending was stable while deposits declined by 2%  as a result of repricing activity in Q3 2013. Assets under management increased by 3%  due to net inflows of £1 billion primarily in the international business.

 

 

·

Impairments were £7  million lower.

 

41

 

 


 

 

International Banking

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (excluding funding costs of rental assets)

166 

177 

227 

  

540 

721 

Funding costs of rental assets

  

(9)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

166 

177 

227 

  

540 

712 

Non-interest income

288 

291 

308 

  

864 

926 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

454 

468 

535 

  

1,404 

1,638 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(137)

(136)

(134)

  

(407)

(477)

  - other

(41)

(34)

(48)

  

(113)

(144)

Indirect expenses

(165)

(157)

(166)

  

(483)

(504)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(343)

(327)

(348)

  

(1,003)

(1,125)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

111 

141 

187 

  

401 

513 

Impairment losses

(28)

(99)

(12)

  

(182)

(74)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

83 

42 

175 

  

219 

439 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ongoing businesses

83 

42 

171 

  

219 

452 

Run-off businesses

  

(13)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash management

189 

177 

224 

  

553 

738 

Trade finance

77 

71 

76 

  

218 

221 

Loan portfolio

188 

220 

228 

  

632 

658 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ongoing businesses

454 

468 

528 

  

1,403 

1,617 

Run-off businesses

  

21 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

454 

468 

535 

  

1,404 

1,638 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

87 

  

127 

21 

Property and construction

20 

  

15 

Transport and storage

  

32 

(4)

Telecommunications, media and technology

(7)

  

(7)

Banks and financial institutions

12 

  

43 

Other

10 

(2)

  

15 

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

28 

99 

12 

  

182 

74 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements)

0.3%

1.0%

0.1%

  

0.6%

0.2%

42

 

 


 

 

International Banking

 

 

Key metrics

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios (ongoing businesses)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

4.7%

2.3%

10.3%

  

4.1%

9.5%

Net interest margin

1.47%

1.62%

1.70%

  

1.61%

1.65%

Cost:income ratio

76%

70%

65%

  

71%

67%

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross) (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - manufacturing and infrastructure

15.0 

16.6 

(10%)

  

15.8 

(5%)

  - property and construction

2.2 

2.4 

(8%)

  

2.4 

(8%)

  - transport and storage

3.2 

3.5 

(9%)

  

2.5 

28%

  - telecommunications, media and technology

2.3 

1.7 

35%

  

2.2 

5%

  - banks and financial institutions

8.4 

7.7 

9%

  

9.1 

(8%)

  - other

10.8 

8.7 

24%

  

10.2 

6%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

41.9 

40.6 

3%

  

42.2 

(1%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.3)

(0.4)

(25%)

  

(0.4)

(25%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

41.6 

40.2 

3%

  

41.8 

Loans and advances to banks

5.5 

5.6 

(2%)

  

4.8 

15%

Securities

2.4 

2.5 

(4%)

  

2.6 

(8%)

Cash and eligible bills

0.3 

0.2 

50%

  

0.5 

(40%)

Other

3.5 

3.4 

3%

  

3.3 

6%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets (excluding derivatives

  

  

  

  

  

  

  mark-to-market)

53.3 

51.9 

3%

  

53.0 

1%

Risk elements in lending

0.5 

0.5 

  

0.4 

25%

Provision coverage (3)

64%

75%

(1,100bp)

  

93%

(2,900bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

47.6 

46.0 

3%

  

46.2 

3%

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

5.3 

6.1 

(13%)

  

5.6 

(5%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

87%

87%

-

  

91%

(400bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

43.7 

45.0 

(3%)

  

46.7 

(6%)

  - Operational risk

4.7 

4.7 

  

5.2 

(10%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

48.4 

49.7 

(3%)

  

51.9 

(7%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax, divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions), for the ongoing businesses.

(2)

Excludes disposal groups.

(3)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Run-off businesses (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

  

21 

Direct expenses

(3)

  

(1)

(34)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

  

(13)

 

Note:

(1)

Run-off businesses consist of the exited corporate finance business.

 

43

 

 


 

 

International Banking

 

Key points

International Banking remains focused on serving customers through its country network using its core strengths: debt financing, risk management and transaction services. Business conditions remained difficult during Q3 2013, with persistent low interest rates and broader margin compression. 

 

In Q3 2013, International Banking continued to strengthen its balance sheet. Despite an underlying increase from the ongoing roll out of credit models, the division’s risk-weighted assets were down 3% year on year.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Operating profit was up £41 million, driven by lower impairments.

 

 

·

Income decreased by £14 million, or 3%:

 

 

 

Loan portfolio income was down 15%, with lower net interest income from a smaller portfolio asset base (due to increased repayments by customers actively managing their debt profiles) partially offset by increased revenues from capital management and hedging activities.

 

Cash management income was up £12 million, reflecting strategic improvements in the deposit mix.   

Trade finance was up 8%, driven by loan growth, particularly in Asia.

 

 

·

Total expenses increased by £16 million, due to a £6 million increase related to risk management activities and an £8 million increase in indirect costs.

 

 

·

Impairment losses were £71 million lower than in Q2 2013, which included two large single-name provisions.

 

 

·

Third party assets were up 3%, reflecting growth in Trade finance as the business continues to grow capital efficient lending. This was partially offset by a lower asset base in the loan portfolio due to increased levels of customer repayments.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets decreased by 3%, partly due to movements in exchange rates.

 

 

·

Return on equity was 5% compared with 2% in Q2 2013.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Operating profit decreased by £92 million as a result of a decline in income and increased impairments, partially offset by lower costs.

 

 

·

Income was 15% lower:

 

 

 

Cash management income was down 16% reflecting a decline in three-month LIBOR as well as increased funding costs of liquidity buffer requirements.

 

Loan portfolio income was down 18% as a result of a lower asset base, resulting in decreased net interest income year on year.

 

 

·

Expenses declined by £5 million, reflecting continued emphasis on cost control with timely run-off of discontinued business. Tighter management of technology and infrastructure support costs also delivered savings.

 

 

·

Impairments were £16 million higher primarily due to a single provision in Q3 2013.

 

 

·

Third party assets declined by 9% following increased levels of customer repayments as customers continued to manage down their debt profile. 

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets were down 3%, as management action mitigated credit model increases.

 

44

 

 


 

 

Ulster Bank

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

154 

154 

163 

  

462 

488 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

35 

35 

36 

  

104 

109 

Other non-interest income

25 

53 

14 

  

98 

36 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

60 

88 

50 

  

202 

145 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

214 

242 

213 

  

664 

633 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(64)

(67)

(54)

  

(188)

(161)

  - other

(15)

(12)

(13)

  

(42)

(35)

Indirect expenses

(63)

(65)

(59)

  

(188)

(188)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(142)

(144)

(126)

  

(418)

(384)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

72 

98 

87 

  

246 

249 

Impairment losses

(204)

(263)

(329)

  

(707)

(1,046)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(132)

(165)

(242)

  

(461)

(797)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate

76 

88 

85 

  

246 

275 

Retail

101 

120 

93 

  

310 

267 

Other

37 

34 

35 

  

108 

91 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

214 

242 

213 

  

664 

633 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

30 

91 

155 

  

211 

511 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

104 

51 

78 

  

201 

169 

  - development

12 

12 

14 

  

38 

38 

Other corporate

51 

111 

75 

  

237 

292 

Other lending

(2)

  

20 

36 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

204 

263 

329 

  

707 

1,046 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

Mortgages

0.6%

1.8%

3.3%

  

1.5%

3.6%

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

11.6%

5.7%

8.7%

  

7.4%

6.3%

  - development

6.9%

6.9%

8.0%

  

7.2%

7.2%

Other corporate

2.8%

5.9%

3.9%

  

4.4%

5.1%

Other lending

2.3%

(0.6%)

2.2%

  

2.2%

3.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

2.6%

3.2%

4.1%

  

3.0%

4.3%

45

 

 


 

 

Ulster Bank

 

 

Key metrics

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

(12.0%)

(14.1%)

(20.4%)

  

(13.2%)

(22.0%)

Net interest margin

1.86%

1.85%

1.92%

  

1.85%

1.87%

Cost:income ratio

66%

60%

59%

  

63%

61%

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

  

Change 

£bn

Change 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19.2 

19.8 

  

(3%)

19.2 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3.6 

3.6 

  

3.6 

  - development

0.7 

0.7 

  

0.7 

Other corporate

7.2 

7.5 

  

(4%)

7.8 

(8%)

Other lending

1.2 

1.3 

  

(8%)

1.3 

(8%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31.9 

32.9 

  

(3%)

32.6 

(2%)

Loan impairment provisions

(4.5)

(4.4)

  

2%

(3.9)

15%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

27.4 

28.5 

  

(4%)

28.7 

(5%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

3.3 

3.4 

  

(3%)

3.1 

6%

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

2.1 

1.9 

  

11%

1.6 

31%

  - development

0.4 

0.5 

  

(20%)

0.4 

Other corporate

2.5 

2.6 

  

(4%)

2.2 

14%

Other lending

0.2 

0.2 

  

0.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

8.5 

8.6 

  

(1%)

7.5 

13%

Provision coverage (2)

52%

52%

  

-

52%

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

22.2 

23.1 

  

(4%)

22.1 

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

123%

123%

  

-

130%

(700bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

29.6 

31.3 

  

(5%)

33.6 

(12%)

    - counterparty

0.4 

0.6 

  

(33%)

0.6 

(33%)

  - Market risk

0.1 

0.3 

  

(67%)

0.2 

(50%)

  - Operational risk

1.7 

1.7 

  

1.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31.8 

33.9 

  

(6%)

36.1 

(12%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Spot exchange rate - €/£

1.196 

1.169 

  

  

1.227 

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating loss after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

46

 

 


 

 

Ulster Bank

 

Key points

Operating results showed further improvement in Q3 2013 primarily due to lower impairment losses. Ulster Bank’s investment in programmes to assist customers in financial difficulty has resulted in six consecutive months of declining mortgage arrears and this, coupled with stabilising economic conditions, has driven an improved impairment performance.

 

Ulster Bank is committed to supporting economic recovery across the island of Ireland. The bank continued to re-affirm its commitment to serving customers well, supporting business and giving back to the communities where it operates. A number of new initiatives were delivered in Q3 2013 that demonstrate Ulster Bank’s core values.

 

Serving our customers well

In the quarter, Ulster Bank customers completed 46% of transactions through digital channels. This was supported by further enhancements to mobile services and smart phone apps that allow customers to withdraw money from an ATM without a debit card, make payments using only a mobile number and view up to seven years of transaction history.

 

 

Over 7,000 business customers have registered for the “Anytime for Business” online banking service since its launch in Q2 2013.

 

 

Customers now have access to a customer advisor in real time via Webchat 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

 

Supporting Enterprise and Communities:

Working in partnership with others, Ulster Bank provides funding for a range of initiatives such as SmallBusinessCan and BusinessWomenCan to build long-term financial health and employability. During Q3 2013 this was recognised in the National Chambers Ireland Corporate Social Responsibility Awards where Ulster Bank won the Marketplace award for BusinessWomenCan.

 

 

Through the Bank of England and HM Treasury Funding for Lending Scheme Ulster Bank has committed over £100 million of new lending to Northern Ireland businesses.

 

 

The bank’s “One Week in June” initiative raised £430,000 for a number of Irish charities through a series of fundraising events involving both staff and customers.

 

Helping customers in financial difficulty

Ulster Bank has invested strategically in people, systems and a suite of tailored solutions to make it easier for customers to enter into arrangements to stay in their homes and remain economically active. Customers in financial difficulty are continuously encouraged to engage with the bank.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

Operating results improved by £33 million, or 20%, primarily due to lower impairment losses on the mortgage portfolio reflecting investment in programmes to support customers in arrears.

 

 

Income fell by £28 million in the quarter reflecting a reduced mark-to-market benefit on derivative instruments executed to hedge interest rate basis risk in the mortgage portfolio. Net interest income remained stable at £154 million with net interest margin increasing by 1 basis point to 1.86%.

 

 

Total expenses were £2 million, or 1%, lower, driven by the benefits of cost saving initiatives and the non-recurrence of an impairment charge on own property assets in Q2 2013.

 

 

Impairment losses fell by £59 million, or 22%, with a significant reduction in losses on the mortgage portfolio as residential property prices stabilised. Impairment losses within the corporate portfolio remained elevated with a small number of significant charges on individual counterparty exposures.

47

 

 


 

 

Ulster Bank

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013 (continued)

The loan:deposit ratio remained steady at 123%. Loan balances fell by 3% reflecting limited new lending due to low levels of demand. Retail and SME deposit balances were stable during the quarter, although total deposit balances declined by 4% driven by a reduction in Corporate Term balances.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

Operating results improved significantly, by £110 million or 45%, driven by lower impairment losses.

 

 

Income was marginally higher at £214 million. Net interest income was down £9 million reflecting a lower return on the bank’s capital base coupled with the cost of deposit raising. Net interest margin decreased by 6 basis points to 1.86%. Non-interest income increased by £10 million primarily due to a mark-to-market benefit on derivative instruments.

 

 

Expenses increased by £16 million, or 13%, reflecting further investment in programmes to support customers in financial difficulty, the cost of mandatory change programmes and higher pension charges.

 

 

Impairment losses decreased by £125 million, or 38%, reflecting a reduction in losses on the mortgage portfolio as residential property prices stabilised.

 

 

The progress made during 2012 to strengthen the balance sheet continued into 2013 with deposit balances 9% higher than Q3 2012. As a result, the loan to deposit ratio improved to 123% from 141% at Q3 2012.

 

 

Risk-weighted assets decreased by 9% reflecting a smaller performing loan book and stabilising credit metrics.

 

48

 

 


 

 

US Retail & Commercial (£ Sterling)

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

493 

473 

488 

  

1,437 

1,467 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

197 

192 

197 

  

579 

594 

Other non-interest income

66 

86 

95 

  

254 

290 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

263 

278 

292 

  

833 

884 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

756 

751 

780 

  

2,270 

2,351 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(264)

(278)

(254)

  

(821)

(786)

  - other

(249)

(231)

(247)

  

(726)

(751)

  - litigation settlement

  

(88)

Indirect expenses

(42)

(36)

(35)

  

(108)

(104)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(555)

(545)

(536)

  

(1,655)

(1,729)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

201 

206 

244 

  

615 

622 

Impairment losses

(59)

(32)

(21)

  

(110)

(68)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

142 

174 

223 

  

505 

554 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average exchange rate - US$/£

1.551 

1.536 

1.581 

  

1.543 

1.578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages and home equity

109 

123 

139 

  

358 

406 

Personal lending and cards

106 

104 

101 

  

310 

300 

Retail deposits

197 

189 

213 

  

576 

653 

Commercial lending

175 

167 

144 

  

510 

455 

Commercial deposits

103 

98 

109 

  

303 

333 

Other

66 

70 

74 

  

213 

204 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

756 

751 

780 

  

2,270 

2,351 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

16 

10 

(5)

  

28 

(3)

Home equity

27 

18 

40 

  

64 

82 

Corporate and commercial

(13)

(11)

(35)

  

(48)

(57)

Other consumer

24 

15 

21 

  

61 

41 

Securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

59 

32 

21 

  

110 

68 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

1.1%

0.7%

(0.3%)

  

0.6%

(0.1%)

Home equity

0.9%

0.5%

1.2%

  

0.7%

0.8%

Corporate and commercial

(0.2%)

(0.2%)

(0.6%)

  

(0.3%)

(0.3%)

Other consumer

1.1%

0.7%

1.0%

  

0.9%

0.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.4%

0.2%

0.2%

  

0.3%

0.2%

49

 

 


 

 

US Retail & Commercial (£ Sterling)

 

 

Key metrics

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

6.3%

7.7%

9.7%

  

7.4%

8.1%

Net interest margin

2.99%

2.91%

2.96%

  

2.94%

3.00%

Cost:income ratio

73%

73%

69%

  

73%

74%

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

5.6 

5.8 

(3%)

  

5.8 

(3%)

  - home equity

12.5 

13.5 

(7%)

  

13.3 

(6%)

  - corporate and commercial

24.1 

25.2 

(4%)

  

23.8 

1%

  - other consumer

8.6 

8.8 

(2%)

  

8.4 

2%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

50.8 

53.3 

(5%)

  

51.3 

(1%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.3)

(0.3)

  

(0.3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

50.5 

53.0 

(5%)

  

51.0 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets

71.9 

74.6 

(4%)

  

72.8 

(1%)

Investment securities

12.9 

11.5 

12%

  

12.0 

8%

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - retail

0.9 

0.9 

  

0.8 

13%

  - commercial

0.2 

0.2 

  

0.3 

(33%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

1.1 

1.1 

  

1.1 

Provision coverage (3)

25%

23%

200bp

  

25%

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

58.0 

60.1 

(3%)

  

59.2 

(2%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

0.7 

1.6 

(56%)

  

1.8 

(61%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

87%

88%

(100bp)

  

86%

100bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

50.6 

52.7 

(4%)

  

50.8 

    - counterparty

0.6 

0.6 

  

0.8 

(25%)

  - Operational risk

4.9 

4.9 

  

4.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

56.1 

58.2 

(4%)

  

56.5 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Spot exchange rate - US$/£

1.618 

1.520 

  

  

1.616 

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Excludes the litigation settlement in Q1 2012 and net gain on sale of Visa B shares in Q2 2012.

(3)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

Key points

Performance is described in full in the US dollar-based financial statements set out on pages 51 to 54.

 

 

Sterling strengthened relative to the US dollar during Q3 2013, with the spot rate returning to the year end level.

 

50

 

 


 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

$m

$m

$m

  

$m

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

760 

726 

771 

  

2,217 

2,315 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

302 

295 

313 

  

892 

938 

Other non-interest income

101 

133 

150 

  

392 

457 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

403 

428 

463 

  

1,284 

1,395 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,163 

1,154 

1,234 

  

3,501 

3,710 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(406)

(428)

(401)

  

(1,267)

(1,240)

  - other

(382)

(356)

(393)

  

(1,119)

(1,187)

  - litigation settlement

  

(138)

Indirect expenses

(65)

(54)

(56)

  

(167)

(164)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(853)

(838)

(850)

  

(2,553)

(2,729)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

310 

316 

384 

  

948 

981 

Impairment losses

(91)

(48)

(33)

  

(169)

(107)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

219 

268 

351 

  

779 

874 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages and home equity

168 

189 

219 

  

552 

641 

Personal lending and cards

164 

159 

159 

  

478 

473 

Retail deposits

302 

291 

336 

  

888 

1,029 

Commercial lending

269 

257 

228 

  

787 

718 

Commercial deposits

159 

151 

173 

  

468 

526 

Other

101 

107 

119 

  

328 

323 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,163 

1,154 

1,234 

  

3,501 

3,710 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

24 

16 

(8)

  

43 

(5)

Home equity

43 

27 

64 

  

99 

129 

Corporate and commercial

(21)

(17)

(55)

  

(74)

(89)

Other consumer

38 

22 

32 

  

94 

65 

Securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

91 

48 

33 

  

169 

107 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

1.1%

0.7%

(0.3%)

  

0.6%

(0.1%)

Home equity

0.9%

0.5%

1.2%

  

0.7%

0.8%

Corporate and commercial

(0.2%)

(0.2%)

(0.6%)

  

(0.3%)

(0.3%)

Other consumer

1.1%

0.7%

1.0%

  

0.9%

0.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.4%

0.2%

0.2%

  

0.3%

0.2%

51

 

 


 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

6.3%

7.7%

9.7%

  

7.4%

8.1%

Net interest margin

2.99%

2.91%

2.96%

  

2.94%

3.00%

Cost:income ratio

73%

73%

69%

  

73%

74%

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

  

31 December

  

  

2013

2013

  

  

2012

  

  

$bn

$bn

Change

  

$bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

9.1 

8.9 

2%

  

9.4 

(3%)

  - home equity

20.2 

20.4 

(1%)

  

21.5 

(6%)

  - corporate and commercial

39.0 

38.3 

2%

  

38.5 

1%

  - other consumer

13.9 

13.4 

4%

  

13.5 

3%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

82.2 

81.0 

1%

  

82.9 

(1%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.4)

(0.4)

  

(0.5)

(20%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

81.8 

80.6 

1%

  

82.4 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets

116.4 

113.3 

3%

  

117.7 

(1%)

Investment securities

20.9 

17.4 

20%

  

19.5 

7%

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - retail

1.4 

1.3 

8%

  

1.3 

8%

  - commercial

0.3 

0.4 

(25%)

  

0.6 

(50%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

1.7 

1.7 

  

1.9 

(11%)

Provision coverage (3)

25%

23%

200bp

  

25%

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

93.9 

91.4 

3%

  

95.6 

(2%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

1.1 

2.4 

(54%)

  

2.9 

(62%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

87%

88%

(100bp)

  

86%

100bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

81.9 

79.9 

3%

  

82.0 

    - counterparty

0.9 

1.0 

(10%)

  

1.4 

(36%)

  - Operational risk

8.0 

7.5 

7%

  

7.9 

1%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

90.8 

88.4 

3%

  

91.3 

(1%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Excludes the litigation settlement in Q1 2012 and net gain on sale of Visa B shares in Q2 2012.

(3)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

52

 

 


 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

Key points

In Q3 2013, US R&C continued to make progress in developing a differentiated customer proposition across both its consumer and commercial activities. We continue to make significant investments to deliver enhanced products and services to customers, to improve our operating platforms, and to increase efficiency. We have commenced our IPO preparation and are developing and implementing plans to improve operating performance and to prepare for public company readiness.

 

Consumer Banking continued to improve customer service with the installation of an additional 357 intelligent deposit machines in the quarter. Consumer Banking also continued to grow and deepen customer relationships, evidenced by the upward trends in online banking usage and online bill payments. Moreover, our mobile banking application was ranked the “highest customer rated” app on both Android and iOS platforms by Extreme Labs in July 2013.

 

Commercial Banking continued to see results from investments in its value proposition, which is based on thought leadership and product capabilities. Specifically, Q2 2013 Greenwich Middle Market Syndicated Study results versus Q1 2013 showed an increase for client satisfaction, increasing from 66% to 75%, an increase in Lead Relationships as a percentage of customers, increasing from 54% to 59% and an increase in Proactively Provides Advice & Solutions, increasing from 58% to 68%. Our US Middle Market Syndications Bookrunner most recent ranking also improved from #10 in Q1 2013 to #9.

 

Commercial Banking also launched several growth initiatives, including expanding the Mid-Corporate segment nationally as well as growing the Franchise Finance, Lender Finance, Commercial Real Estate and other key industry verticals. While initial efforts have been focused on securing approvals and on-boarding new talent, the initiatives have already led to incremental loan growth. 

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Operating profit of £142 million ($219 million) was down £32 million ($49 million), or 18%, largely driven by an increase in impairment losses. A sluggish economic recovery, combined with significant market liquidity resulted in intensified competition in loan markets. Low short-term rates limited net interest margin expansion and the rise in long-term rates dramatically slowed mortgage refinance volumes.   

 

 

·

Higher rates led us to purchase incremental investment securities of £1.4 billion ($3.5 billion) during the quarter, reversing first half run-off.

 

 

·

Net interest income was up £20 million ($34 million), or 4% (5% in US dollar terms), due to the larger investment portfolio, commercial loan growth and favourable funding costs. Net interest margin increased by 8 basis points to 2.99%.

 

 

·

Loans and advances decreased 5%, an increase of 1% in US dollar terms. Commercial loans were down 4%, an increase of 1% in US dollar terms despite competition for lending opportunities. Consumer loans decreased 5%, a 1% increase in US dollar terms driven by a strategic initiative to purchase residential mortgages and hold more originations on balance sheet.

 

 

·

Non-interest income was down £15 million ($25 million), or 5% (6% in US dollar terms), reflecting lower securities gains, down £11 million ($17 million) to £16 million ($25 million), and mortgage banking fees, down £11 million ($17 million) to £19 million ($30 million), as refinancing volumes slowed, partially offset by higher commercial banking fee income.

53

 

 


 

 

US Retail & Commercial (US Dollar)

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013 (continued) 

·

Direct expenses were broadly in line with Q2 2013 reflecting the phasing of the annual incentive accruals and a seasonal decrease in payroll taxes, largely offset by a lower mortgage servicing rights impairment recapture.

 

 

·

Impairment losses remained relatively low at £59 million ($91 million), or 0.4% of loans and advances to customers. The credit environment remained broadly stable in the quarter. The increase in impairment losses was driven by a moderate increase in consumer charge-offs and a lower level of reserve release.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Operating profit of £142 million ($219 million) decreased by £81 million ($132 million), or 36% (38% in US dollar terms), largely driven by lower income and an increase in impairment losses. The operating environment and market conditions remained challenging, with intense competition for loans and an extended period of low short-term rates.

 

 

·

Net interest income was up 1%, down 1% in US dollar terms due to consumer loan run-off and the effect of prevailing economic conditions on asset yields partially offset by commercial loan growth and the benefit of interest rate swaps.

 

 

·

Loans and advances were flat with strong commercial loan growth of 5% offset by run-off of long-term fixed-rate consumer products.

 

 

·

Customer deposits were down 3% due to planned run-off of high priced time deposits partially offset by growth achieved in checking balances. Consumer checking balances grew by 4% while small business checking balances grew by 6% over the year.

 

 

·

Non-interest income was down £29 million ($60 million), or 10% (13% in US dollar terms), reflecting lower mortgage banking fees, down £26 million ($41 million) to £19 million ($30 million), deposit fees, down £7 million ($11 million) to £84 million ($130 million), and securities gains, down £17 million ($27 million) to £16 million ($25 million), partially offset by higher commercial banking fee income.

 

 

·

Direct expenses were up £12 million, or 2%, a decrease in US dollar terms of $6 million, or 1%, reflecting a mortgage servicing rights recapture partially offset by the cost of regulatory compliance and new technology investments.

 

 

·

The credit environment remained broadly stable over the year. The increase in impairment losses was driven by lower levels of reserve release.

 

54

 

 


 

 

Markets

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

41 

25 

14 

  

96 

62 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions receivable

16 

27 

  

55 

127 

Income from trading activities

764 

791 

1,250 

  

2,515 

3,554 

Other operating income/(loss)

13 

(249)

  

30 

99 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

793 

797 

1,028 

  

2,600 

3,780 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

834 

822 

1,042 

  

2,696 

3,842 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(299)

(301)

(396)

  

(985)

(1,366)

  - other

(148)

(207)

(163)

  

(537)

(515)

Indirect expenses

(178)

(178)

(194)

  

(535)

(576)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(625)

(686)

(753)

  

(2,057)

(2,457)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

209 

136 

289 

  

639 

1,385 

Impairment recoveries/(losses)

(43)

  

(58)

(15)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

210 

93 

295 

  

581 

1,370 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ongoing businesses (1)

217 

92 

317 

  

563 

1,162 

Run-off and recovery businesses

(7)

(22)

  

18 

208 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Rates

390 

246 

384 

  

864 

1,599 

Currencies

257 

306 

202 

  

786 

568 

Asset backed products

125 

166 

394 

  

739 

1,153 

Credit markets

187 

152 

178 

  

556 

578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income ongoing businesses

959 

870 

1,158 

  

2,945 

3,898 

Inter-divisional revenue share

(162)

(149)

(161)

  

(480)

(539)

Run-off businesses

37 

101 

45 

  

231 

483 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

834 

822 

1,042 

  

2,696 

3,842 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Memo - Fixed income and currencies

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income ongoing businesses

959 

870 

1,158 

  

2,945 

3,898 

Less: primary credit markets

(146)

(136)

(113)

  

(433)

(414)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total fixed income and currencies

813 

734 

1,045 

  

2,512 

3,484 

 

Note:

(1)

The ongoing businesses include the Rates, Currencies, Asset backed products and Credit markets areas.

 

55

 

 


 

 

Markets

 

 

Key metrics

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

7.0%

2.8%

7.6%

  

5.9%

11.5%

Cost:income ratio

75%

83%

72%

  

76%

64%

Compensation ratio (2)

36%

37%

38%

  

37%

36%

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

  

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

24.4 

28.2 

(13%)

  

29.8 

(18%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.2)

(0.2)

  

(0.2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

24.2 

28.0 

(14%)

  

29.6 

(18%)

Net loans and advances to banks

15.5 

16.0 

(3%)

  

16.6 

(7%)

Reverse repos

95.6 

98.9 

(3%)

  

103.8 

(8%)

Securities

71.4 

84.9 

(16%)

  

92.4 

(23%)

Cash and eligible bills

19.6 

18.0 

9%

  

30.2 

(35%)

Other

21.9 

22.1 

(1%)

  

11.9 

84%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets (excluding derivatives

  

  

  

  

  

  

  mark-to-market)

248.2 

267.9 

(7%)

  

284.5 

(13%)

Net derivative assets (after netting)

18.6 

21.0 

(11%)

  

21.9 

(15%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Provision coverage (3)

77%

78%

(100bp)

  

77%

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

25.8 

26.4 

(2%)

  

26.3 

(2%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

29.3 

34.0 

(14%)

  

45.4 

(35%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

10.5 

12.5 

(16%)

  

14.0 

(25%)

    - counterparty

26.5 

30.8 

(14%)

  

34.7 

(24%)

  - Market risk

26.4 

33.7 

(22%)

  

36.9 

(28%)

  - Operational risk

9.8 

9.8 

  

15.7 

(38%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

73.2 

86.8 

(16%)

  

101.3 

(28%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax, divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions).

(2)

Compensation ratio is based on staff costs as a percentage of total income.

(3)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

56

 

 


 

 

Markets

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

Income statement (ongoing business)

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

800 

724 

1,004 

  

2,475 

3,385 

Direct expenses

(408)

(464)

(508)

  

(1,397)

(1,655)

Indirect expenses

(176)

(176)

(192)

  

(528)

(570)

Impairment recoveries

13 

  

13 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

217 

92 

317 

  

563 

1,162 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios (ongoing business)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

9.3%

3.6%

10.2%

  

7.4%

12.3%

Cost:income ratio

73%

88%

70%

  

78%

66%

Compensation ratio (2)

34%

38%

36%

  

37%

36%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

  

  

  

2013

2013

2012

Balance sheet (ongoing business)

  

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets (excluding derivatives mark-to-market)

  

231.4 

247.5 

259.3 

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

56.9 

68.6 

79.1 

 

Notes:

(1)

Divisional return on equity is based on divisional operating profit after tax, divided by average notional equity (based on 10% of the monthly average of divisional RWAs, adjusted for capital deductions), for ongoing businesses.

(2)

Compensation ratio is based on staff costs as a percentage of total income.

 

Key points

Markets operating profit recovered in Q3 2013, compared with the prior quarter, despite client activity remaining subdued. The trading performance in the Rates business improved and Credit benefitted from a strong performance in Corporate Debt Capital Markets. Costs were significantly lower than both Q2 2013 and Q3 2012, reflecting headcount reductions and tight control of discretionary expenditure. 

 

Markets continued to focus on reducing its balance sheet and managing risk. Third party assets were £36 billion lower than at 31 December 2012 and risk-weighted assets were down £28 billion, consistent with the previously announced objective of reaching £80 billion Basel III risk-weighted assets by the end of 2014.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Operating profit increased by £117 million.  Income improved, despite the summer slowdown, weak recovery in the European economy and uncertainty surrounding the Federal Reserve’s tapering of quantitative easing.  Costs fell by 9% and impairment losses were negligible.

 

 

·

Rates income rebounded following an improved trading performance.

 

 

·

Currencies continued to perform well.  Spot FX remained strong and FX Options continued to benefit from opportunities in a volatile market, albeit to a lesser extent than in Q2 2013. 

 

 

·

Asset Backed Products was affected by market expectations of a tapering of the Federal Reserve’s programme of quantitative easing and subdued client activity. This, combined with the deliberate reduction in balance sheet deployed by the business, resulted in lower income.

 

 

·

Credit Markets benefited from good levels of activity in Corporate Debt Capital Market income and gains in Flow Credit as credit spreads generally tightened.

 

 

·

Costs fell by 9%, driven by ongoing cost saving initiatives and a lower level of legal expenditure.

 

 

·

Markets continued to make significant progress in reducing the scale of its balance sheet and capital. Third party assets fell by a further £20 billion. Risk-weighted assets also fell, by £14 billion, driven by management action to reduce exposures and mitigate risk.

57

 

 


 

 

Markets

 

Key points (continued)

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

The strategic repositioning of Markets drove a significant reduction in third party assets and risk-weighted assets.

 

 

·

Costs fell by 17%, driven by a reduction in headcount of 1,000 and a continued focus on discretionary expenditure.

 

 

·

Income was lower as Asset Backed Products, in particular, was down due an aggressive reduction in balance sheet deployed by the business coupled with limited demand as the market anticipated a tapering of quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve. This contrasted with Q3 2012, which benefited from a sustained rally as investors searched for yield.

 

 

·

Rates increased slightly despite the uncertainty surrounding the Federal Reserve’s quantitative easing programme and the slow recovery of the European market.

 

 

·

Currencies income was up, Spot FX continued to perform well and FX Options benefited from recent volatility in emerging markets currencies.

 

 

·

Credit Markets benefitted from a stronger performance in Corporate Debt Capital Markets. 

 

58

 

 


 

 

Central items

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

(19)

140 

149 

  

85 

(34)

 

Note:

(1)

Costs/charges are denoted by brackets.

 

Funding and operating costs have been allocated to operating divisions based on direct service usage, the requirement for market funding and other appropriate drivers where services span more than one division.

 

Residual unallocated items relate to volatile corporate items that do not naturally reside within a division.

 

Key points

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Central items not allocated were a debit of £19 million compared with a credit of £140 million in Q2 2013.

 

 

·

The movement was primarily due to lower gains of £150 million on disposals of available-for-sale securities, down £205 million compared with Q2 2013, and a one-off impairment charge of £65 million in Q3 2013 in respect of a real estate loan. These reductions were partially offset by a £38 million increase in investment income to £55 million and a £50 million reduction in the charge for litigation and conduct matters to £45 million from £95 million in Q2 2013.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Central items not allocated represented a debit of £19 million compared with a credit of £149 million in Q3 2012.

 

 

·

The movement was primarily due to lower gains of £150 million on disposals of available-for-sale securities, down £314 million compared with Q3 2012, and the one-off impairment charge of £65 million. These were partially offset by lower unallocated costs in Group Treasury, down £63 million, higher investment income, up £55 million, a £30 million reduction in the charge for litigation and conduct matters and the non-repeat of IT incident costs of £50 million in Q3 2012.

 

59

 

 


 

 

Non-Core

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (excluding funding costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  of rental assets)

(34)

29 

91 

  

(33)

294 

Funding costs of rental assets

(9)

(10)

(12)

  

(28)

(103)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

(43)

19 

79 

  

(61)

191 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

18 

17 

  

44 

77 

(Loss)/income from trading activities

(109)

134 

(203)

  

70 

(604)

Other operating income

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - rental income

49 

43 

85 

  

149 

477 

  - other (1)

(22)

59 

72 

  

45 

179 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

(76)

254 

(29)

  

308 

129 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

(119)

273 

50 

  

247 

320 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(50)

(55)

(71)

  

(166)

(226)

  - operating lease depreciation

(17)

(14)

(43)

  

(58)

(195)

  - other

(30)

(36)

(30)

  

(94)

(117)

Indirect expenses

(48)

(51)

(68)

  

(148)

(199)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(145)

(156)

(212)

  

(466)

(737)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating (loss)/profit before impairment losses

(264)

117 

(162)

  

(219)

(417)

Impairment losses

(581)

(398)

(424)

  

(1,412)

(1,520)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(845)

(281)

(586)

  

(1,631)

(1,937)

 

Note:

(1)

Includes (losses)/gains on disposals (Q3 2013 - £73 million loss; Q2 2013 - £11 million loss; Q3 2012 - £42 million loss; nine months ended 30 September 2013 - £141 million loss; nine months ended 30 September 2012 - £101 million gain).

 

60

 

 


 

 

Non-Core

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of (loss)/income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios

(84)

152 

91 

  

60 

151 

International businesses

(31)

27 

60 

  

41 

221 

Markets

(4)

94 

(101)

  

146 

(52)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (loss)/income

(119)

273 

50 

  

247 

320 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/income from trading activities

  

  

  

  

  

  

Monoline exposures

(21)

25 

21 

  

(3)

(170)

Credit derivative product companies

(9)

(199)

  

(206)

Asset-backed products

16 

17 

  

43 

85 

Other credit exotics

13 

16 

  

28 

(33)

Equities

  

Banking book hedges

(14)

  

(36)

Other

(100)

86 

(45)

  

(3)

(247)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(109)

134 

(203)

  

70 

(604)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios (1)

589 

415 

433 

  

1,445 

1,623 

International businesses

16 

  

10 

41 

Markets

(12)

(21)

(25)

  

(43)

(144)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

581 

398 

424 

  

1,412 

1,520 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) (2)

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios (3)

5.2%

4.0%

2.8%

  

4.7%

3.6%

International businesses

4.0%

2.0%

4.5%

  

3.3%

3.9%

Markets

0.4%

  

(1.6%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

5.2%

4.0%

2.8%

  

4.7%

3.6%

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratio

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin

(0.35%)

0.15%

0.41%

  

(0.15%)

0.32%

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes Ulster Bank impairment losses of £398 million (Q2 2013 - £189 million; Q3 2012 - £164 million; nine months ended 30 September 2013 - £829 million; nine months ended 30 September 2012 - £619 million).

(2)

Includes disposal groups.

(3)

Ulster Bank - 13.2% (Q2 2013 - 5.9%; Q3 2012 - 5.0%; nine months ended 30 September 2013 - 9.1%; nine months ended 30 September 2012 - 6.3%). Banking and portfolios excluding Ulster Bank - 1.9% (Q2 2013 - 3.3%; Q3 2012 - 2.1%; nine months ended 30 September 2013 - 2.8%; nine months ended 30 September 2012 - 2.8%).

 

61

 

 


 

 

Non-Core

 

 

  

30 September

30 June

  

31 December

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross) (1)

40.4 

46.4 

(13%)

55.4 

(27%)

Loan impairment provisions

(11.3)

(11.4)

(1%)

(11.2)

1%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

29.1 

35.0 

(17%)

44.2 

(34%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total third party assets (excluding derivatives)

37.3 

45.4 

(18%)

57.4 

(35%)

Total third party assets (including derivatives)

41.1 

50.0 

(18%)

63.4 

(35%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending (1)

19.8 

20.9 

(5%)

21.4 

(7%)

Provision coverage (2)

57%

55%

200bp

52%

500bp

Customer deposits (1)

2.4 

2.7 

(11%)

2.7 

(11%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

29.2 

33.0 

(12%)

45.1 

(35%)

    - counterparty

6.5 

7.8 

(17%)

11.5 

(43%)

  - Market risk

4.0 

4.3 

(7%)

5.4 

(26%)

  - Operational risk

1.2 

1.2 

(1.6)

175%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

40.9 

46.3 

(12%)

60.4 

(32%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes disposal groups.

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

 

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

Gross customer loans and advances

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios

40.0 

45.6 

54.5 

International businesses

0.4 

0.8 

0.9 

  

  

  

  

  

40.4 

46.4 

55.4 

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios

36.7 

41.4 

53.3 

International businesses

1.0 

1.4 

2.4 

Markets

3.2 

3.5 

4.7 

  

  

  

  

  

40.9 

46.3 

60.4 

  

  

  

  

Third party assets (excluding derivatives)

  

  

  

Banking and portfolios

34.8 

41.1 

51.1 

International businesses

0.4 

0.8 

1.2 

Markets

2.1 

3.5 

5.1 

  

  

  

  

  

37.3 

45.4 

57.4 

62

 

 


 

 

Non-Core

 

 

Third party assets (excluding derivatives)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

Run-off 

Disposals/ 

Drawings/ 

Impairments 

FX 

30 September

2013

restructuring 

roll overs 

2013

Quarter ended 30 September 2013

£bn

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

18.3 

(1.1)

(0.5)

(0.5)

(0.2)

16.0 

Corporate

19.9 

(2.0)

(1.0)

0.2 

(0.6)

16.5 

SME

0.5 

(0.1)

0.4 

Retail

3.0 

(0.1)

(0.6)

(0.1)

(0.1)

2.1 

Other

0.2 

0.2 

Markets

3.5 

(0.1)

(1.1)

(0.2)

2.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding derivatives)

45.4 

(3.4)

(3.2)

0.2 

(0.6)

(1.1)

37.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 March

Run-off 

Disposals/ 

Drawings/ 

Impairments 

FX 

30 June

2013

restructuring 

roll overs 

2013

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

£bn

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

20.1 

(0.7)

(0.8)

(0.4)

0.1 

18.3 

Corporate

23.9 

(3.1)

(0.9)

0.2 

(0.2)

19.9 

SME

0.8 

(0.1)

(0.2)

0.5 

Retail

3.2 

(0.2)

3.0 

Other

0.3 

(0.1)

0.2 

Markets

4.6 

(1.1)

3.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding derivatives)

52.9 

(4.2)

(3.0)

0.2 

(0.4)

(0.1)

45.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

Run-off 

Disposals/ 

Drawings/ 

Impairments 

FX 

30 September

2012

restructuring 

roll overs 

2012

Quarter ended 30 September 2012

£bn

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

26.9 

(0.9)

(0.4)

(0.4)

(0.2)

25.0 

Corporate

32.8 

(2.7)

(1.1)

0.4 

(0.4)

29.0 

SME

1.6 

(0.2)

(0.1)

1.3 

Retail

4.0 

(0.1)

(0.1)

3.8 

Other

0.4 

0.4 

Markets

6.4 

(0.2)

(0.6)

0.1 

(0.1)

5.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding derivatives)

72.1 

(4.1)

(2.2)

0.5 

(0.4)

(0.8)

65.1 

 

Note:

(1)

Disposals of £0.2 billion have been signed as at 30 September 2013 but are pending completion (30 June 2013 - £0.4 billion; 30 September 2012 - £0.2 billion).

 

 

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012

Commercial real estate third party assets

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

UK (excluding NI)

5.6 

6.5 

8.9 

Ireland (ROI and NI)

4.7 

5.3 

5.8 

Spain

1.2 

1.4 

1.4 

Rest of Europe

4.0 

4.4 

4.9 

USA

0.5 

0.7 

0.9 

RoW

0.2 

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding derivatives)

16.0 

18.3 

22.1 

63

 

 


 

 

Non-Core

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

Impairment losses by donating division

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and sector (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

  

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total UK Retail

  

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Corporate

  

  

  

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

(3)

(5)

  

(6)

18 

Property and construction

16 

63 

  

139 

80 

Transport

25 

  

36 

14 

Financial institutions

(7)

(13)

  

(8)

(15)

Lombard

11 

  

33 

Other

37 

  

17 

54 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total UK Corporate

26 

84 

41 

  

182 

184 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

29 

82 

61 

  

158 

197 

  - development

356 

88 

93 

  

599 

355 

Other corporate

12 

16 

10 

  

66 

61 

Other EMEA

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Ulster Bank

398 

189 

164 

  

829 

619 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

US Retail & Commercial

  

  

  

  

  

  

Auto and consumer

15 

15 

10 

  

43 

30 

Cards

(1)

  

SBO/home equity

14 

19 

46 

  

60 

108 

Residential mortgages

10 

  

17 

Commercial real estate

(9)

  

10 

(10)

Commercial and other

(8)

  

(1)

(15)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total US Retail & Commercial

39 

42 

48 

  

120 

133 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

International Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

(49)

(5)

  

(43)

Property and construction

92 

124 

205 

  

301 

527 

Transport

(1)

(1)

  

148 

Telecoms, media and technology

  

27 

Financial institutions

(17)

(20)

(19)

  

(47)

(133)

Other

33 

30 

(13)

  

61 

10 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total International Banking

117 

85 

169 

  

282 

579 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wealth

(1)

  

Central items

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Other

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

581 

398 

424 

  

1,412 

1,520 

 

Note:

(1)

Impairment losses include those relating to AFS securities; sector analyses above include allocation of latent impairment charges.

 

64

 

 


 

 

Non-Core

 

 

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse

  

  

  

  repurchase agreements) by donating division and sector

  

  

  

  

UK Corporate

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

0.1 

Property and construction

2.2 

2.4 

3.6 

Transport

3.5 

3.7 

3.8 

Financial institutions

0.1 

0.2 

Lombard

0.2 

0.3 

0.4 

Other

0.9 

1.4 

4.2 

  

  

  

  

Total UK Corporate

6.8 

7.9 

12.3 

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  - investment

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

  - development

7.2 

7.4 

7.6 

Other corporate

1.5 

1.6 

1.6 

Other EMEA

0.3 

0.3 

  

  

  

  

Total Ulster Bank

12.1 

12.7 

12.9 

  

  

  

  

US Retail & Commercial

  

  

  

Auto and consumer

0.2 

0.6 

0.6 

SBO/home equity

1.7 

1.9 

2.0 

Residential mortgages

0.3 

0.4 

0.4 

Commercial real estate

0.2 

0.3 

0.4 

Commercial and other

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

  

  

  

  

Total US Retail & Commercial

2.5 

3.3 

3.5 

  

  

  

  

International Banking

  

  

  

Manufacturing and infrastructure

1.6 

2.1 

3.9 

Property and construction

9.2 

10.5 

12.3 

Transport

1.6 

1.4 

1.7 

Telecoms, media and technology

0.7 

0.8 

0.4 

Financial institutions

3.4 

4.3 

4.7 

Other

2.4 

3.2 

3.7 

  

  

  

  

Total International Banking

18.9 

22.3 

26.7 

  

  

  

  

Other

  

  

  

Wealth

0.1 

0.1 

Central items

0.1 

  

  

  

  

Total Other

0.1 

0.2 

  

  

  

  

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding reverse

  

  

  

  repurchase agreements)

40.4 

46.4 

55.4 

65

 

 


 

 

Non-Core

 

Key points

Non-Core third party assets fell to £37 billion, a reduction of £8 billion, or 18%, during the quarter and an overall reduction to date of £221 billion, or 86%, since the division was set up. This has been achieved through a mixture of disposals, run-off and impairments. As at 30 September 2013, the Non-Core funded balance sheet was c.5% of the Group’s funded balance sheet compared with 21% when the division was created.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q2 2013

·

Third party assets of £37 billion were £8 billion lower, largely reflecting disposals of £3 billion and run-off of £3 billion.

 

 

·

Risk-weighted assets decreased by £5 billion, driven by disposals and run-off.

 

 

·

Operating loss of £845 million was £564 million higher, driven by adverse income from trading activities, an increase in impairment losses, a fall in net interest income and higher disposal losses (Q3 2013 - £73 million; Q2 - £11 million).

 

 

·

Income from trading activities was a loss of £109 million in Q3 2013 compared with a £134 million gain in Q2 2013, reflecting the costs of transactions in Q3 2013.

 

 

·

Net interest income decreased by £62 million compared with Q2 2013, which included a one-off interest in suspense recovery of interest of £54 million. In addition, Q3 2013 saw a reduction in net interest income of £28 million resulting from a one-off impact on finance leases following the change in the rate of UK corporation tax.

 

 

·

Headcount declined by 14% to 1,900 reflecting divestment activity and run-off across the business.

 

 

·

Impairment losses were up £183 million to £581 million. The increase related to Ulster Bank CRE development properties.

 

Q3 2013 compared with Q3 2012

·

Third party assets fell by £28 billion, or 43%, largely reflecting run-off of £16 billion and disposals of £12 billion, which also led to a reduction in risk-weighted assets, down £31 billion.

 

 

·

Operating loss was £259 million higher, with a reduction in income of £169 million and a £157 million increase in impairment losses, partially offset by a reduction in operating expenses of £67 million.

 

 

·

Total income decreased by £169 million, principally driven by a fall in net interest income of £119 million. Disposal losses were £31 million higher, other operating income was £63 million lower (as Q3 2012 included positive fair value adjustments) and rental income was £33 million lower (driven by rundown of Lombard Vehicle Management). These factors were partially offset by a £94 million decrease in trading losses.

 

 

·

Net interest income was down £122 million predominantly due to a 32% reduction in interest earning assets as a result of disposals and run-off.

 

 

·

Trading losses were £94 million lower, principally as a result of restructuring and de-risking activities within the Markets portfolio affecting Q3 2012.

 

 

·

Since Q3 2012, headcount has been reduced by approximately 1,400, or 42%, reflecting divestment activity and run-off across the business. Expenses have fallen by £67 million, driven by a £21 million reduction in staff costs and £26 million reduction in operating lease depreciation, principally due to the rundown of Lombard Vehicle Management.

 

 

·

Impairment losses were up £157 million to £581 million primarily in the Ulster Bank CRE portfolio, partly offset by reductions in the International Banking portfolio.

 

66

 

 


 

Condensed consolidated income statement

for the period ended 30 September 2013

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

4,207 

4,281 

4,456 

  

12,767 

14,091 

Interest payable

(1,427)

(1,514)

(1,647)

  

(4,550)

(5,462)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,780 

2,767 

2,809 

  

8,217 

8,629 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

1,382 

1,392 

1,400 

  

4,090 

4,335 

Fees and commissions payable

(238)

(250)

(209)

  

(698)

(589)

Income from trading activities

444 

949 

334 

  

2,508 

1,201 

Gain/(loss) on redemption of own debt

13 

242 

(123)

  

204 

454 

Other operating income/(loss)

35 

720 

(252)

  

1,367 

(692)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

1,636 

3,053 

1,150 

  

7,471 

4,709 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,416 

5,820 

3,959 

  

15,688 

13,338 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

(1,895)

(1,840)

(1,987)

  

(5,622)

(6,532)

Premises and equipment

(544)

(548)

(550)

  

(1,648)

(1,640)

Other administrative expenses

(1,103)

(1,418)

(1,193)

  

(3,284)

(3,087)

Depreciation and amortisation

(338)

(349)

(421)

  

(1,074)

(1,304)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(3,880)

(4,155)

(4,151)

  

(11,628)

(12,563)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

536 

1,665 

(192)

  

4,060 

775 

Impairment losses

(1,170)

(1,117)

(1,176)

  

(3,320)

(3,825)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating (loss)/profit before tax

(634)

548 

(1,368)

  

740 

(3,050)

Tax charge

(81)

(328)

(3)

  

(759)

(402)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit from continuing operations

(715)

220 

(1,371)

  

(19)

(3,452)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations, net of tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Direct Line Group

62 

  

127 

167 

  - Other

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  net of tax

(5)

67 

  

133 

173 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit for the period

(720)

229 

(1,304)

  

114 

(3,279)

Non-controlling interests

(6)

14 

  

(123)

28 

Preference share and other dividends

(102)

(101)

(104)

  

(284)

(186)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit attributable to ordinary and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B shareholders

(828)

142 

(1,405)

  

(293)

(3,437)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary and B

  

  

  

  

  

  

  share from continuing operations

(7.4p)

1.2p

(13.3p)

  

(3.6p)

(32.8p)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic and diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary and B

  

  

  

  

  

  

  share from continuing and discontinued operations

(7.4p)

1.2p

(12.7p)

  

(2.6p)

(31.3p)

 

* Restated - see page 76.

67

 

 


 

Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the period ended 30 September 2013

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit for the period

 (720) 

229 

 (1,304) 

  

114 

 (3,279) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Items that do not qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income tax on items that do not qualify for

  

  

  

  

  

  

  reclassification

 (163) 

 (39) 

  

 (163) 

 (77) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Items that do qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale financial assets

430 

 (1,009) 

124 

  

 (303) 

715 

Cash flow hedges

 (88) 

 (1,502) 

437 

  

 (1,624) 

1,132 

Currency translation

 (1,211) 

113 

 (573) 

  

99 

 (1,069) 

Income tax on items that do qualify for reclassification

85 

678 

 (52) 

  

811 

 (270) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (784) 

 (1,720) 

 (64) 

  

 (1,017) 

508 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other comprehensive (loss)/income after tax

 (947) 

 (1,720) 

 (103) 

  

 (1,180) 

431 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive loss for the period

 (1,667) 

 (1,491) 

 (1,407) 

  

 (1,066) 

 (2,848) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive loss is attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

 (13) 

 (15) 

 (6) 

  

121 

 (25) 

Preference shareholders

98 

81 

98 

  

250 

174 

Paid-in equity holders

20 

  

34 

12 

Ordinary and B shareholders

 (1,756) 

 (1,577) 

 (1,505) 

  

 (1,471) 

 (3,009) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 (1,667) 

 (1,491) 

 (1,407) 

  

 (1,066) 

 (2,848) 

 

* Restated - see page 76.

 

Key points

·

The net gain relating to available-for-sale financial assets during Q3 2013 consisted of unrealised gains on bank and other financial institution securities. In the nine months ended 30 September 2013, the unrealised gains were more than offset by realised gains on the sale of high quality UK, US, German and Dutch sovereign bonds.

 

 

·

Cash flow hedging movements during the nine months ended 30 September 2013 reflect the impact of increases in fixed/floating swap rates in the second quarter following statements by central banks indicating future monetary tightening.

 

 

·

Currency translation losses during Q3 2013 were principally due to the strengthening of Sterling relative to the US Dollar and Euro by 6.5% and 2.3% respectively. In the nine months ended 30 September 2013, the net currency translation gains reflect the weakening of Sterling against the Euro by 2.5%.

 

 

·

Income tax on items that do not qualify for reclassification relates to accumulated actuarial losses and reflected the reduction in the rate of UK Corporation Tax from 23% to 20%

 

68

 

 


 

Condensed consolidated balance sheet

at 30 September 2013

 

 

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

87,066 

89,613 

79,290 

Net loans and advances to banks

28,206 

30,241 

29,168 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing

33,757 

37,540 

34,783 

Loans and advances to banks

61,963 

67,781 

63,951 

Net loans and advances to customers

406,927 

418,792 

430,088 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing

62,214 

61,743 

70,047 

Loans and advances to customers

469,141 

480,535 

500,135 

Debt securities

122,886 

138,202 

157,438 

Equity shares

10,363 

11,423 

15,232 

Settlement balances

18,099 

17,966 

5,741 

Derivatives

323,657 

373,692 

441,903 

Intangible assets

13,742 

13,997 

13,545 

Property, plant and equipment

8,476 

9,300 

9,784 

Deferred tax

3,022 

3,344 

3,443 

Interests in associated undertakings

1,852 

2,500 

776 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

6,734 

6,563 

7,044 

Assets of disposal groups

2,435 

1,313 

14,013 

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,129,436 

1,216,229 

1,312,295 

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

Bank deposits

38,601 

45,287 

57,073 

Repurchase agreements and stock lending

32,748 

34,419 

44,332 

Deposits by banks

71,349 

79,706 

101,405 

Customer deposits

434,305 

437,097 

433,239 

Repurchase agreements and stock lending

72,636 

89,321 

88,040 

Customer accounts

506,941 

526,418 

521,279 

Debt securities in issue

71,781 

79,721 

94,592 

Settlement balances

18,514 

17,207 

5,878 

Short positions

31,020 

27,979 

27,591 

Derivatives

319,464 

370,047 

434,333 

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

14,157 

14,376 

14,801 

Retirement benefit liabilities

3,597 

3,579 

3,884 

Deferred tax

514 

694 

1,141 

Subordinated liabilities

23,720 

26,538 

26,773 

Liabilities of disposal groups

249 

306 

10,170 

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities

1,061,306 

1,146,571 

1,241,847 

  

  

  

  

Equity

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

462 

475 

1,770 

Owners’ equity*

  

  

  

  Called up share capital

6,697 

6,632 

6,582 

  Reserves

60,971 

62,551 

62,096 

  

  

  

  

Total equity

68,130 

69,658 

70,448 

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and equity

1,129,436 

1,216,229 

1,312,295 

  

  

  

  

* Owners’ equity attributable to:

  

  

  

Ordinary and B shareholders

62,376 

63,891 

63,386 

Other equity owners

5,292 

5,292 

5,292 

  

  

  

  

  

67,668 

69,183 

68,678 

 

* Restated - see page 76.

69

 

 


 

 

Average balance sheet

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

  

2013

2012*

  

%

%

  

%

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average yields, spreads and margins of the

  

  

  

  

  

  banking business

  

  

  

  

  

Gross yield on interest-earning assets of banking business

3.10 

3.11 

  

3.10 

3.12 

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities of banking business

(1.40)

(1.47)

  

(1.47)

(1.54)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest spread of banking business

1.70 

1.64 

  

1.63 

1.58 

Benefit from interest-free funds

0.35 

0.37 

  

0.37 

0.33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin of banking business

2.05 

2.01 

  

2.00 

1.91 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average interest rates

  

  

  

  

  

The Group's base rate

0.50 

0.50 

  

0.50 

0.50 

  

  

  

  

  

  

London inter-bank three month offered rates

  

  

  

  

  

  - Sterling

0.51 

0.51 

  

0.51 

0.92 

  - Eurodollar

0.26 

0.28 

  

0.28 

0.47 

  - Euro

0.22 

0.21 

  

0.21 

0.65 

 

* Restated - see page 76.

70

 

 


 

 

Average balance sheet

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 September 2013

  

30 June 2013

  

Average

  

  

  

Average

  

  

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

£m

£m

%

  

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

74,222 

106 

0.57 

  

78,277 

114 

0.58 

Loans and advances to customers

397,115 

3,829 

3.83 

  

402,605 

3,809 

3.79 

Debt securities

67,411 

272 

1.60 

  

70,493 

358 

2.04 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-earning assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banking business (1)

538,748 

4,207 

3.10 

  

551,375 

4,281 

3.11 

  - trading business (2)

209,517 

  

  

  

227,401 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest earning assets

435,445 

  

  

  

513,307 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,183,710 

  

  

  

1,292,083 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

21,591 

95 

1.75 

  

24,435 

107 

1.76 

Customer accounts

330,405 

692 

0.83 

  

333,067 

740 

0.89 

Debt securities in issue

45,537 

315 

2.74 

  

53,318 

345 

2.60 

Subordinated liabilities

23,005 

223 

3.85 

  

24,727 

225 

3.65 

Internal funding of trading business

(17,216)

102 

(2.35)

  

(21,078)

97 

(1.85)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-bearing liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banking business

403,322 

1,427 

1.40 

  

414,469 

1,514 

1.47 

  - trading business (2)

220,871 

  

  

  

232,873 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - demand deposits

78,912 

  

  

  

77,593 

  

  

  - other liabilities

411,798 

  

  

  

497,227 

  

  

Owners’ equity

68,807 

  

  

  

69,921 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

1,183,710 

  

  

  

1,292,083 

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Interest income includes amounts (unwind of discount) recognised on impaired loans and receivables. The average balances of such loans are included in average loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers.

(2)

Interest receivable and interest payable on trading assets and liabilities are included in income from trading activities.

 

71

 

 


 

 

Average balance sheet

 

 

  

Nine months ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September 2013

  

30 September 2012*

  

Average

  

  

  

Average

  

  

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

£m

£m

%

  

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

74,493 

328 

0.59 

  

75,283 

379 

0.67 

Loans and advances to customers

403,266 

11,469 

3.80 

  

433,835 

12,249 

3.77 

Debt securities

72,096 

970 

1.80 

  

93,348 

1,463 

2.09 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-earning assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banking business (1)

549,855 

12,767 

3.10 

  

602,466 

14,091 

3.12 

  - trading business (2)

224,936 

  

  

  

243,159 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest earning assets

492,838 

  

  

  

614,076 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,267,629 

  

  

  

1,459,701 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

24,786 

318 

1.72 

  

41,010 

478 

1.56 

Customer accounts

332,025 

2,269 

0.91 

  

327,867 

2,645 

1.08 

Debt securities in issue

51,325 

1,013 

2.64 

  

90,897 

1,619 

2.38 

Subordinated liabilities

23,626 

670 

3.79 

  

21,062 

611 

3.88 

Internal funding of trading business

(17,912)

280 

(2.09)

  

(7,986)

109 

(1.82)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-bearing liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banking business

413,850 

4,550 

1.47 

  

472,850 

5,462 

1.54 

  - trading business (2)

231,349 

  

  

  

253,299 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - demand deposits

77,525 

  

  

  

74,106 

  

  

  - other liabilities

475,400 

  

  

  

585,020 

  

  

Owners’ equity

69,505 

  

  

  

74,426 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

1,267,629 

  

  

  

1,459,701 

  

  

 

* Restated - see page 76.

 

 

Notes:

(1)

Interest income includes amounts (unwind of discount) recognised on impaired loans and receivables. The average balances of such loans are included in average loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers.

(2)

Interest receivable and interest payable on trading assets and liabilities are included in income from trading activities.

 

72

 

 


 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the period ended 30 September 2013

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Called-up share capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

6,632 

6,619 

6,528 

  

6,582 

15,318 

Ordinary shares issued

65 

13 

53 

  

115 

196 

Share capital sub-division and consolidation

  

(8,933)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

6,697 

6,632 

6,581 

  

6,697 

6,581 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Paid-in equity

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

979 

979 

979 

  

979 

979 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Share premium account

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

24,483 

24,455 

24,198 

  

24,361 

24,001 

Ordinary shares issued

145 

28 

70 

  

267 

267 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

24,628 

24,483 

24,268 

  

24,628 

24,268 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Merger reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

13,222 

13,222 

13,222 

  

13,222 

13,222 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale reserve (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(714)

(10)

(450)

  

(346)

(957)

Unrealised gains/(losses)

592 

(568)

651 

  

606 

1,803 

Realised gains

(164)

(441)

(528)

  

(769)

(1,110)

Tax

34 

305 

36 

  

367 

(27)

Recycled to profit or loss on disposal of businesses (2)

  

(110)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

(252)

(714)

(291)

  

(252)

(291)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash flow hedging reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

491 

1,635 

1,399 

  

1,666 

879 

Amount recognised in equity

163 

(1,118)

713 

  

(696)

1,931 

Amount transferred from equity to earnings

(251)

(384)

(276)

  

(928)

(799)

Tax

44 

358 

(90)

  

405 

(265)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

447 

491 

1,746 

  

447 

1,746 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Foreign exchange reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

5,201 

5,072 

4,314 

  

3,908 

4,775 

Retranslation of net assets

(1,338)

44 

(637)

  

92 

(1,203)

Foreign currency gains on hedges of net assets

148 

70 

68 

  

17 

156 

Tax

15 

  

22 

Recycled to profit or loss on disposal of businesses

  

(3)

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

4,018 

5,201 

3,747 

  

4,018 

3,747 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital redemption reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

9,131 

9,131 

9,131 

  

9,131 

198 

Share capital sub-division and consolidation

  

8,933 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

9,131 

9,131 

9,131 

  

9,131 

9,131 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent capital reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

(1,208)

(1,208)

(1,208)

  

(1,208)

(1,208)

                 

 

* Restated - see page 76.

 

Notes:

(1)

Analysis provided on page 86.

(2)

Net of tax - £35 million charge.

(3)

Net of tax - £1 million charge.

 

73

 

 


 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the period ended 30 September 2013

 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retained earnings

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

11,105 

10,949 

16,615 

  

10,596 

18,929 

(Loss)/profit attributable to ordinary and B 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   shareholders and other equity owners

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

(723)

241 

(1,364)

  

(116)

(3,416)

  - discontinued operations

(3)

63 

  

107 

165 

Equity preference dividends paid

(98)

(81)

(98)

  

(250)

(174)

Paid-in equity dividends paid, net of tax

(4)

(20)

(6)

  

(34)

(12)

Actuarial losses recognised in retirement benefit schemes

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - tax

(163)

(39)

  

(163)

(77)

Loss on disposal of own shares held

(18)

  

(18)

(196)

Shares released for employee benefits

(1)

(1)

  

(1)

(130)

Share-based payments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - gross

26 

33 

44 

  

22 

136 

  - tax

  

(9)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

10,144 

11,105 

15,216 

  

10,144 

15,216 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own shares held

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(139)

(211)

(206)

  

(213)

(769)

Disposal/(purchase) of own shares

71 

(2)

  

74 

447 

Shares released for employee benefits

  

115 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

(138)

(139)

(207)

  

(138)

(207)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Owners’ equity at end of period

67,668 

69,183 

73,184 

  

67,668 

73,184 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

475 

532 

652 

  

1,770 

686 

Currency translation adjustments and other movements

(21)

(1)

(4)

  

(7)

(19)

Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

(21)

(7)

  

97 

(36)

  - discontinued operations

(2)

  

26 

Movements in available-for-sale securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - unrealised gains

  

11 

  - realised (gains)/losses

(2)

  

18 

  - tax

  

(1)

  - recycled to profit or loss on disposal of business (3)

  

(5)

Equity raised

  

Equity withdrawn and disposals

(42)

  

(1,429)

(16)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

462 

475 

646 

  

462 

646 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total equity at end of period

68,130 

69,658 

73,830 

  

68,130 

73,830 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive income/(loss) recognised

  

  

  

  

  

  

   in the statement of changes in equity is

  

  

  

  

  

  

   attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

(13)

(15)

(6)

  

121 

(25)

Preference shareholders

98 

81 

98 

  

250 

174 

Paid-in equity holders

20 

  

34 

12 

Ordinary and B shareholders

(1,756)

(1,577)

(1,505)

  

(1,471)

(3,009)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(1,667)

(1,491)

(1,407)

  

(1,066)

(2,848)

 

* Restated - see page 76.

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 73.

74

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

1. Basis of preparation

The Group’s condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Group’s 2012 annual report on Form 20-F which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee of the IASB as adopted by the European Union (EU) (together IFRS).

 

In accordance with IFRS 5, Direct Line Group was classified as a discontinued operation in 2012, and prior periods represented.

 

Going concern

Having reviewed the Group’s forecasts, projections and other relevant evidence, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Form 6-K for the period ended 30 September 2013 has been prepared on a going concern basis.

 

2. Accounting policies

There have been no significant changes to the Group’s principal accounting policies as set out on pages 320 to 331 of the Group’s 2012 annual report on Form 20-F apart from the adoption of a number of new and revised IFRSs that are effective from 1 January 2013 as described below.

 

IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’, which supersedes IAS 31 ‘Interests in Joint Ventures’, distinguishes between joint operations and joint ventures. Joint operations are accounted for by the investor recognising its assets and liabilities including its share of any assets held and liabilities incurred jointly and its share of revenues and costs. Joint ventures are accounted for in the investor’s consolidated accounts using the equity method. IFRS 11 requires retrospective application.

 

IAS 27 ‘Separate Financial Statements’ comprises those parts of the existing IAS 27 that deal with separate financial statements. IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’ covers joint ventures as well as associates; both must be accounted for using the equity method. The mechanics of the equity method are unchanged.

 

IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’ mandates the disclosures in annual financial statements in respect of investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and structured entities that are not controlled by the Group.

 

IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ sets out a single IFRS framework for defining and measuring fair value. It defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also requires disclosures about fair value measurements.

 

‘Disclosures - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 7)’ amended IFRS 7 to require disclosures about the effects and potential effects on an entity’s financial position of offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities and related arrangements.

  

Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income’ require items that will never be recognised in profit or loss to be presented separately in other comprehensive income from those items that are subject to subsequent reclassification.

 

‘Annual Improvements 2009-2011 Cycle’ also made a number of minor changes to IFRSs.

75

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

Implementation of the standards above has not had a material effect on the Group’s results.

 

IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ (revised) requires: the immediate recognition of all actuarial gains and losses; interest cost to be calculated on the net pension liability or asset at the long-term bond rate, such that an expected rate of return will no longer be applied to assets; and all past service costs to be recognised immediately when a scheme is curtailed or amended. Implementation of IAS 19 resulted in an increase in the loss after tax of £21 million for the quarter ended 30 September 2012 and £63 million for the nine months ended 30 September 2012. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

 

IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ replaces SIC-12 ‘Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities’ and the consolidation elements of the existing IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’. IFRS 10 adopts a single definition of control: a reporting entity controls another entity when the reporting entity has the power to direct the activities of that other entity so as to vary returns for the reporting entity. IFRS 10 requires retrospective application. Following implementation of IFRS 10, certain entities that have trust preferred securities in issue are no longer consolidated by the Group. As a result there was a reduction in Non-controlling interests of £0.5 billion with a corresponding increase in Owners’ equity (Paid-in equity) as at 30 September 2012. This resulted in an increase in the loss attributable to non-controlling interests of £6 million for the quarter ended 30 September 2012 and £12 million for the nine months ended 30 September 2012, with corresponding increases in the profit attributable to paid-in equity holders. There was no impact on the profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary and B shareholders. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

 

Critical accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The reported results of the Group are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its financial statements. The judgements and assumptions that are considered to be the most important to the portrayal of the Group’s financial condition are those relating to pensions; goodwill; provisions for liabilities; deferred tax; loan impairment provisions and financial instrument fair values. These critical accounting policies and judgments are described on pages 328 to 331 of the Group’s 2012 annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Recent developments in IFRS

The IASB published:

in May 2013 IFRIC 21 ‘Levies’. This interpretation provides guidance on accounting for the liability to pay a government imposed levy. IFRIC 21 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

 

in May 2013 ‘Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets (Amendments to IAS 36)’. These amendments align IAS 36’s disclosure requirements about recoverable amounts with IASB’s original intentions. They are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

 

in June 2013 ‘Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting (Amendments to IAS 39)’. These amendments provide relief from discontinuing hedge accounting when novation of a derivative designated as a hedging instrument meets certain criteria. They are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

The Group is reviewing these requirements to determine their effect, if any, on its financial reporting.

76

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m 

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers

3,829 

3,809 

3,938 

  

11,469 

12,249 

Loans and advances to banks

106 

114 

106 

  

328 

379 

Debt securities

272 

358 

412 

  

970 

1,463 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

4,207 

4,281 

4,456 

  

12,767 

14,091 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer accounts

692 

740 

859 

  

2,269 

2,645 

Deposits by banks

95 

107 

131 

  

318 

478 

Debt securities in issue

315 

345 

410 

  

1,013 

1,619 

Subordinated liabilities

223 

225 

204 

  

670 

611 

Internal funding of trading businesses

102 

97 

43 

  

280 

109 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest payable

1,427 

1,514 

1,647 

  

4,550 

5,462 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,780 

2,767 

2,809 

  

8,217 

8,629 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - payment services

375 

355 

335 

  

1,064 

1,051 

  - credit and debit card fees

284 

275 

273 

  

813 

808 

  - lending (credit facilities)

335 

345 

397 

  

1,033 

1,112 

  - brokerage

117 

143 

145 

  

369 

431 

  - investment management

109 

97 

130 

  

319 

365 

  - trade finance

73 

75 

79 

  

226 

250 

  - other

89 

102 

41 

  

266 

318 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,382 

1,392 

1,400 

  

4,090 

4,335 

Fees and commissions payable - banking

(238)

(250)

(209)

  

(698)

(589)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

1,144 

1,142 

1,191 

  

3,392 

3,746 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Foreign exchange

198 

255 

133 

  

648 

568 

Interest rate

248 

203 

378 

  

650 

1,476 

Credit

116 

328 

232 

  

996 

619 

Own credit adjustments

(155)

76 

(435)

  

20 

(1,715)

Other

37 

87 

26 

  

194 

253 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income from trading activities

444 

949 

334 

  

2,508 

1,201 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gain/(loss) on redemption of own debt

13 

242 

(123)

  

204 

454 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating lease and other rental income

125 

118 

163 

  

381 

725 

Own credit adjustments

(341)

51 

(1,020)

  

(140)

(2,714)

Changes in the fair value of:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - securities and other financial assets and liabilities

36 

17 

72 

  

65 

127 

  - investment properties

(7)

(7)

(20)

  

(23)

(76)

Profit on sale of securities

167 

419 

492 

  

739 

909 

Profit/(loss) on sale of:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - property, plant and equipment

10 

(1)

  

33 

36 

  - subsidiaries and associated undertakings

(21)

24 

(27)

  

(3)

116 

Dividend income

21 

12 

  

41 

42 

Share of profits less losses of associated undertakings

73 

27 

  

277 

Other income

(13)

45 

70 

  

(3)

135 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other operating income

35 

720 

(252)

  

1,367 

(692)

 

* Restated - see page 76.

77

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income

1,636 

3,053 

1,150 

  

7,471 

4,709 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,416 

5,820 

3,959 

  

15,688 

13,338 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

1,895 

1,840 

1,987 

  

5,622 

6,532 

Premises and equipment

544 

548 

550 

  

1,648 

1,640 

Other

1,103 

1,418 

1,193 

  

3,284 

3,087 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Administrative expenses

3,542 

3,806 

3,730 

  

10,554 

11,259 

Depreciation and amortisation

338 

349 

421 

  

1,074 

1,304 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

3,880 

4,155 

4,151 

  

11,628 

12,563 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses

1,120 

1,125 

1,183 

  

3,281 

3,913 

Securities

50 

(8)

(7)

  

39 

(88)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment losses

1,170 

1,117 

1,176 

  

3,320 

3,825 

 

* Restated - see page 76.

 

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI)

The Group increased its provision for PPI in Q3 2013 by £250 million (Q2 2013 - £185 million; Q3 2012 - £400 million). The cumulative charge in respect of PPI is £2.6 billion, of which £1.9 billion (73%) in redress and expenses had been paid by 30 September 2013. Of the £2.6 billion cumulative charge, £2.3 billion relates to redress and £0.3 billion to administrative expenses.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m 

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

704 

705 

588 

  

895 

745 

Charge to income statement

250 

185 

400 

  

435 

660 

Utilisations

(217)

(186)

(304)

  

(593)

(721)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

737 

704 

684 

  

737 

684 

 

The remaining provision provides coverage for approximately ten months for redress and administrative expenses, based on the current average monthly utilisation.

 

The principal assumptions underlying the Group’s provision in respect of PPI sales relate to: assessment of the total number of complaints that the Group will receive; the proportion of these that will result in redress; and the average cost of such redress. The number of complaints has been estimated from an analysis of the Group’s portfolio of PPI policies sold by vintage and by product. Estimates of the percentage of policyholders that will lodge complaints (the take up rate) and of the number of these that will be upheld (the uphold rate) have been established based on recent experience, guidance in the FSA policy statements and expected rate of responses from proactive customer contact. The average redress assumption is based on recent experience, the calculation rules in the FSA statement and the expected mix of claims.

78

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued) 

 

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) (continued)

The table below shows the sensitivity of the provision to changes in the principal assumptions (all other assumptions remaining the same).

 

 

 

Sensitivity

 

Actual to date 

Current 

 assumption 

Change in 

assumption 

Consequential 

change in 

provision 

Assumption

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

Past business review take up rate

34% 

38% 

+/-5 

+/-45 

Uphold rate

68% 

69% 

+/-5 

+/-20 

Average redress

£1,736 

£1,674 

+/-5 

+/-21 

 

Interest that will be payable on successful complaints has been included in the provision as has the estimated cost to the Group of administering the redress process. The Group expects the majority of the cash outflows associated with this provision to have occurred by the end of Q2 2014. There are uncertainties as to the eventual cost of redress which will depend on actual complaint volumes, take up and uphold rates and average redress costs. Assumptions relating to these are inherently uncertain and the ultimate financial impact may be different than the amount provided. The Group will continue to monitor the position closely and refresh its assumptions.

 

Interest Rate Hedging Products (IRHP) redress and related costs

Following an industry-wide review conducted in conjunction with the Financial Services Authority (now being dealt with by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)), a charge of £700 million was booked in Q4 2012 for redress in relation to certain interest rate hedging products sold to small and medium-sized businesses classified as retail clients under FSA rules. £575 million was earmarked for client redress and £125 million for administrative expenses. The estimate for administrative costs was increased by £50 million in Q1 2013 following development of the plan for administering this process in accordance with FSA guidelines. Customers may also be entitled to be compensated for any consequential losses they may have suffered. The Group is not able to measure reliably any liability it may have and has accordingly not made any provision.

 

The Group is now making steady progress after a challenging start with its review of sales of IRHP and expects to complete this and provide basic redress to all customers who are entitled to it by the end of May 2014. On 23 October 2013, the Group announced that it would split redress payments for all customers who may have been mis-sold IRHP. Customers will receive redress monies without having to wait for the assessment of any additional consequential loss claims which are outside the allowance for such claims included in the 8% interest on redress due.

 

The Group continues to monitor the level of provision given the uncertainties over the number of transactions that will qualify for redress and the nature and cost of that redress.

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m 

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

670 

702 

  

676 

Charge to income statement

  

50 

Utilisations

(39)

(32)

  

(95)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

631 

670 

  

631 

79

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued) 

 

Regulatory and legal actions

The Group is party to certain legal proceedings and regulatory investigations and continues to co-operate with a number of regulators. All such matters are periodically reassessed with the assistance of external professional advisers, where appropriate, to determine the likelihood of the Group incurring a liability and to evaluate the extent to which a reliable estimate of any liability can be made. An additional charge of £385 million was booked in Q2 2013 and £99 million in Q3 2013 in respect of these matters.

 

4. Loan impairment provisions

Operating (loss)/profit is stated after charging loan impairment losses of £1,120 million (Q2 2013 - £1,125 million; Q3 2012 - £1,183 million). The balance sheet loan impairment provisions decreased in the quarter ended 30 September 2013 from £21,753 million to £21,421 million and the movements thereon were:

 

  

Quarter ended

  

30 September 2013

  

30 June 2013

  

30 September 2012

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

Core

Core

Total

Core

Core

Total

Core

Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

10,358 

11,395 

21,753 

  

10,266 

11,228 

21,494 

  

8,944 

11,353 

20,297 

Currency translation and other adjustments

(98)

(211)

(309)

  

71 

75 

146 

  

(5)

(186)

(191)

Disposals

(77)

(77)

  

  

Amounts written-off

(728)

(302)

(1,030)

  

(626)

(341)

(967)

  

(466)

(454)

(920)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

40 

30 

70 

  

41 

15 

56 

  

34 

31 

65 

Charge to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

584 

536 

1,120 

  

659 

466 

1,125 

  

751 

432 

1,183 

Unwind of discount

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  (recognised in interest income)

(55)

(51)

(106)

(53)

(48)

(101)

  

(55)

(61)

(116)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

10,101 

11,320 

21,421 

  

10,358 

11,395 

21,753 

  

9,203 

11,115 

20,318 

 

 

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September 2013

  

30 September 2012

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

Core

Core

Total

Core

Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

10,062 

11,188 

21,250 

  

8,414 

11,469 

19,883 

Currency translation and other adjustments

109 

130 

239 

  

(4)

(502)

(506)

Disposals

(77)

(77)

  

Amounts written-off

(1,883)

(1,270)

(3,153)

  

(1,457)

(1,388)

(2,845)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

130 

61 

191 

  

161 

84 

245 

Charge to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

1,842 

1,439 

3,281 

  

2,266 

1,647 

3,913 

Unwind of discount (recognised in interest income)

(159)

(151)

(310)

  

(177)

(195)

(372)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

10,101 

11,320 

21,421 

  

9,203 

11,115 

20,318 

 

Provisions at 30 September 2013 include £69 million in respect of loans and advances to banks (30 June 2013 - £83 million; 30 September 2012 - £117 million). The tables above exclude impairments relating to securities.

80

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

5. Tax

The actual tax charge differs from the expected tax credit/(charge) computed by applying the standard UK corporation tax rate of 23.25% (2012 - 24.5%).

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit before tax

(634)

548 

(1,368)

  

740 

(3,050)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expected tax credit/(charge)

147 

(127)

335 

  

(172)

747 

Losses in period where no deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  asset recognised

(75)

(44)

(129)

  

(191)

(382)

Foreign profits taxed at other rates

(32)

(32)

(95)

  

(152)

(306)

UK tax rate change impact

(197)

(89)

  

(197)

(135)

Unrecognised timing differences

10 

(15)

  

(2)

17 

Items not allowed for tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - losses on disposals and write-downs

(5)

(8)

  

(5)

(8)

  - UK bank levy

(12)

(9)

(16)

  

(41)

(53)

  - regulatory and legal actions

(90)

  

(90)

  - employee share schemes

(7)

(7)

(15)

  

(21)

(44)

  - other disallowable items

(21)

(45)

(37)

  

(103)

(113)

Non-taxable items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - gain on sale of RBS Aviation Capital

  

27 

  - other non-taxable items

29 

31 

18 

  

115 

44 

Taxable foreign exchange movements

(12)

(4)

  

(14)

(1)

Losses brought forward and utilised

(4)

22 

  

23 

12 

Reduction in carrying value of deferred tax asset in

  

  

  

  

  

  

  respect of losses in Australia

  

(182)

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

98 

(8)

28 

  

91 

(25)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Actual tax charge

(81)

(328)

(3)

  

(759)

(402)

 

* Restated - see page 76.

 

The high tax charge for the period ended 30 September 2013 reflects profits in high tax regimes (principally US) and losses in low tax regimes (principally Ireland), losses in overseas subsidiaries for which a deferred tax asset has not been recognised (principally Ireland) and the effect of the reduction of 3% in the rate of UK corporation tax enacted in July 2013.

 

The Group has recognised a deferred tax asset at 30 September 2013 of £3,022 million (30 June 2013 - £3,344 million; 31 December 2012 - £3,443 million) and a deferred tax liability at 30 September 2013 of £514 million (30 June 2013 - £694 million; 31 December 2012 - £1,141 million). These include amounts recognised in respect of UK trading losses of £2,578 million (30 June 2013 - £2,900 million; 31 December 2012 - £3,072 million). Under UK tax legislation, these UK losses can be carried forward indefinitely to be utilised against profits arising in the future. The Group has considered the carrying value of this asset as at 30 September 2013 and concluded that it is recoverable based on future profit projections.

81

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

 

6 Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS Sempra Commodities JV

(2)

  

(1)

RFS Holdings BV Consortium Members

  

118 

(31)

Direct Line Group

  

19 

Other

(14)

(5)

  

(13)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

(14)

(3)

  

123 

(28)

 

* Restated - see page 76.

 

 

7. Dividends

  

  

  

  

  

  

Dividends paid to preference shareholders and paid-in equity holders are as follows:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preference shareholders

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01

69 

45 

67 

  

185 

110 

Non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01

29 

35 

27 

  

64 

60 

Non-cumulative preference shares of £1

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Paid-in equity holders

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest on securities classified as equity, net of tax

20 

  

34 

12 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

102 

101 

104 

  

284 

186 

 

* Restated - see page 76.

 

The Group has now resumed payments on all discretionary non-equity capital instruments following the end of the European Commission ban in 2012 for RBSG and 2013 for RBS N.V. Future coupons and dividends on hybrid capital instruments will only be paid subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the relevant instruments.

 

In the context of prior macro-prudential policy discussions, the Board of RBSG has decided to partially neutralise any impact on Core Tier 1 capital of coupon and dividend payments in respect of RBSG hybrid capital instruments and the RBS N.V. Trust Preferred Securities through an equity issuance of c.£300 million. Of this, approximately £205 million has been raised through the issue of new ordinary shares which has been completed by 30 September 2013. A further £44 million has been raised through the sale of surplus shares held by the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust during Q2 2013. RBSG expects to issue a further c.£50 million of new ordinary shares over the remainder of the year.

82

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

 

8. Earnings per ordinary and B share

  

  

  

  

  

  

Earnings per ordinary and B share have been calculated based on the following:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012*

  

2013

2012*

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Earnings

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit from continuing operations attributable

  

  

  

  

  

  

   to ordinary and B shareholders (£m)

(825)

140 

(1,468)

  

(400)

(3,602)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations

  

  

  

  

  

  

  attributable to ordinary and B shareholders (£m)

(3)

63 

  

107 

165 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ordinary shares outstanding during the period (millions)

6,123 

6,073 

5,975 

  

6,076 

5,867 

Effect of convertible B shares in issue during

  

  

  

  

  

  

  the period (millions)

5,100 

5,100 

5,100 

  

5,100 

5,100 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average number of ordinary

  

  

  

  

  

  

  shares and effect of convertible B shares

  

  

  

  

  

  

  outstanding during the period (millions)

11,223 

11,173 

11,075 

  

11,176 

10,967 

Effect of dilutive share options and convertible

  

  

  

  

  

  

  securities (millions)

114 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B shares outstanding during the period (millions)

11,223 

11,287 

11,075 

  

11,176 

10,967 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary and B

  

  

  

  

  

  

  share from continuing operations

(7.4p)

1.2p

(13.3p)

  

(3.6p)

(32.8p)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary and B

  

  

  

  

  

  

  share from continuing operations

(7.4p)

1.2p

(13.3p)

  

(3.6p)

(32.8p)

 

* Restated - see page 76.

83

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

9. Trading valuation reserves and own credit adjustments

For a description of the Group’s valuation methodologies refer to the Group’s Form 20-F.

 

Valuation reserves

When valuing financial instruments in the trading book, adjustments are made to mid-market valuations to cover bid-offer spread, liquidity and credit risk. The following table shows credit valuation adjustments and other valuation reserves. Valuation adjustments represent an estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the risk inherent in derivative exposures.

 

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013 

2013

2012

  

£m 

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

Credit valuation adjustments (CVA)

  

  

  

  - monoline insurers and credit derivative product companies (CDPC)

199 

288 

506 

  - other counterparties

1,790 

1,969 

2,308 

  

  

  

  

  

1,989 

2,257 

2,814 

  

  

  

  

Other valuation reserves

  

  

  

  - bid-offer

464 

535 

625 

  - funding valuation adjustment (FVA)

355 

472 

475 

  - product and deal specific

759 

790 

763 

  - other

26 

75 

134 

  

  

  

  

  

1,604 

1,872 

1,997 

  

  

  

  

Valuation reserves

3,593 

4,129 

4,811 

 

Key points  

·

Monoline and CDPC: reduced exposures during the nine months ended 30 September 2013, tighter credit spreads and exchange rate movements contributed to the decrease in CVA.

 

 

·

Other counterparties: the decrease in CVA during the nine months ended 30 September 2013 was driven by tighter credit spreads, reduction in exposure due to market movements together with realised default losses and reserve releases on certain exposures following restructuring. Updates to counterparty ratings and recovery rate assumptions also contributed to the decrease.

 

 

·

The decrease in FVA during Q3 2013 was driven by methodology refinement to reflect interactions with other valuation adjustments applied to uncollateralised derivative exposures.

 

 

·

The decrease in bid-offer reserves reflects risk reduction and spread tightening.

 

84

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

9. Trading valuation reserves and own credit adjustment (continued) 

 

Own credit

The cumulative own credit adjustment (OCA) recorded on held-for-trading (HFT) and designated as at fair value through profit or loss (DFV) debt securities issued and derivative liabilities are set out below.

 

Cumulative OCA DR/(CR) (1)

  

  

  

Subordinated

  

  

  

Debt securities in issue (2)

liabilities

  

  

  

HFT

DFV

Total

DFV

Total

Derivatives

Total (3)

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

(548)

(42)

(590)

295 

(295)

95 

(200)

30 June 2013

(488)

244 

(244)

380 

136 

309 

445 

31 December 2012

(648)

56 

(592)

362 

(230)

259 

29 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Carrying values of underlying liabilities

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

9.4 

17.4 

26.8 

0.9 

27.7 

  

  

30 June 2013

9.3 

20.7 

30.0 

0.9 

30.9 

  

  

31 December 2012

10.9 

23.6 

34.5 

1.1 

35.6 

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

The OCA does not alter cash flows and is not used for performance management. It is disregarded for regulatory capital reporting purposes and will reverse over time as the liabilities mature.

(2)

Includes wholesale and retail note issuances.

(3)

The reserve movement between periods will not equate to the reported profit or loss for own credit. The balance sheet reserve is stated by conversion of underlying currency balances at spot rates for each period, whereas the income statement includes intra-period foreign exchange sell-offs.

 

 

Key points  

·

The cumulative OCA decreased during the nine months ended 30 September 2013 due to tightening of RBS credit spreads, principally in the third quarter.

 

 

·

Senior issued debt OCA is determined by reference to secondary debt issuance spreads. The five year spread tightened to 83 basis points (30 June 2013 - 140 basis points; 31 December 2012 - 102 basis points). As senior debt classified as DFV includes a greater proportion of longer term debt, the impact of spread tightening and discounting is more significant, resulting in a credit balance at 30 September 2013.

 

 

·

The cumulative OCA relating to derivatives decreased during Q3 2013 due to tightening of RBS credit  spreads and a methodology refinement reflecting interactions with other valuation adjustments.

85

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

 

10. Available-for-sale reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended

  

Nine months ended

  

30 September

30 June

30 September

  

30 September

30 September

2013

2013

2012

  

2013

2012

Available-for-sale reserve

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(714)

(10)

(450)

  

(346)

(957)

Unrealised gains/(losses)

592 

(568)

651 

  

606 

1,803 

Realised gains

(164)

(441)

(528)

  

(769)

(1,110)

Tax

34 

305 

36 

  

367 

(27)

Reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of businesses

  

(110)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

(252)

(714)

(291)

  

(252)

(291)

 

Key points  

·

In the nine months ended 30 September 2013, unrealised gains were more than offset by realised gains on the sale of high quality UK, US, German and Dutch sovereign bonds. Realised gains of £769 million were principally in Group Treasury, £610 million and US Retail & Commercial, £72 million.

 

 

·

The unrealised gains of £592 million in Q3 primarily relate to bank and other financial institution securities and unrealised losses of £568 million in Q2 primarily relate to government bonds in Group Treasury. Sales of high quality UK, US and German sovereign bonds also contributed significantly to realised gains during the quarter.

 

 

11. Contingent liabilities and commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

  

30 June 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Core

Non-Core

Total

  

Core

Non-Core

Total

  

Core

Non-Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Guarantees and assets pledged

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   as collateral security

20,650 

727 

21,377 

  

19,099 

885 

19,984 

  

18,251 

913 

19,164 

Other

6,699 

96 

6,795 

  

9,980 

73 

10,053 

  

10,628 

69 

10,697 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

27,349 

823 

28,172 

  

29,079 

958 

30,037 

  

28,879 

982 

29,861 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Undrawn formal standby facilities,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  credit lines and other commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  to lend

209,138 

2,640 

211,778 

  

213,909 

2,983 

216,892 

  

209,892 

5,916 

215,808 

Other

2,577 

2,578 

  

1,368 

1,370 

  

1,971 

1,976 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

211,715 

2,641 

214,356 

  

215,277 

2,985 

218,262 

  

211,863 

5,921 

217,784 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent liabilities and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  commitments

239,064 

3,464 

242,528 

  

244,356 

3,943 

248,299 

  

240,742 

6,903 

247,645 

 

Additional contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of the Group’s business. It is not anticipated that any material loss will arise from these transactions.

86

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

12. Litigation, investigations and reviews

Except for the developments noted below, there have been no material changes to litigation, investigations and reviews as disclosed in the Form 6-K for the six months ended 30 June 2013.

 

Litigation

 

Shareholder litigation

As previously disclosed, RBS and certain of its subsidiaries, together with certain current and former officers and directors were named as defendants in purported class actions filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York involving holders of RBS preferred shares (the Preferred Shares litigation) and holders of American Depositary Receipts (the ADR claims). 

 

In September 2012, the Court dismissed the Preferred Shares litigation with prejudice. The plaintiffs appealed.  On 25 September 2013, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the lower Court’s dismissal of the litigation.

 

In September 2012, the Court dismissed the ADR claims with prejudice. On 5 August 2013, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motions for reconsideration and for leave to re-plead their case.  The plaintiffs have initiated an appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

 

Other securitisation and securities related litigation in the United States

As previously disclosed, Group companies have been named as defendants in their various roles as issuer, depositor and/or underwriter in a number of claims in the United States that relate to the securitisation and securities underwriting businesses.  Among these lawsuits are six cases filed in September 2011 by the US Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) as conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The primary FHFA lawsuit remains pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut, and it relates to approximately US$32 billion of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) for which Group entities acted as sponsor/depositor and/or lead underwriter or co-lead underwriter. Of these approximately US$10.7 billion were outstanding at 30 September 2013 with cumulative losses of approximately US$0.9 billion (being the loss of principal value suffered by security holders). On 30 September 2013, the Court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss FHFA’s amended complaint in this case.  Discovery, which the Court had permitted to proceed before ruling on the motion to dismiss, is ongoing.

 

Investigations and reviews

 

LIBOR, other trading rates and foreign exchange rates

As previously disclosed, in June 2013, RBS was listed amongst the 20 banks found by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) to have deficiencies in the governance, risk management, internal controls and surveillance systems relating to benchmark submissions following a finding by the MAS that certain traders made inappropriate attempts to influence benchmarks in the period 2007 - 2011.  RBS was ordered at that time to set aside additional statutory reserves with the MAS of SGD1-1.2 billion and to formulate a remediation plan.  RBS has now submitted a remediation plan to the MAS.

 

87

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

12. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

Investigations and reviews (continued) 

The Group is co-operating with investigations and new and ongoing requests for information by various other governmental and regulatory authorities, including in the UK, US and Asia into its submissions, communications and procedures relating to a number of trading rates, including LIBOR and other interest rate settings, ISDAFIX and non-deliverable forwards.

 

In addition, various governmental and regulatory authorities have commenced investigations into foreign exchange trading activities apparently involving multiple financial institutions. The Group has received enquiries from certain of these authorities including the FCA. The Group is reviewing communications and procedures relating to certain currency exchange benchmark rates as well as foreign exchange trading activity and is cooperating with these investigations. At this stage, the Group cannot estimate reliably what effect, if any, the outcome of the investigation may have on the Group.

 

Card Protection Plan Limited

On 22 August 2013, the FCA announced that Card Protection Plan Limited (“CPP”) and 13 banks and credit card issuers, including the Group, had agreed to a compensation scheme in relation to the sale of card and/or identity protection insurance to certain retail customers.  CPP has now written to affected policyholders to confirm the details of the proposed scheme, which requires approval by a policyholder vote and by the High Court of England and Wales.  A creditors’ meeting has been scheduled for 7 January 2014. The ultimate level of redress that the Group may be required to pay under the scheme cannot be estimated.

 

SME banking market study

As previously disclosed, the OFT announced its market study on competition in banking for SMEs in England and Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland on 19 June 2013. The OFT has been seeking views on the scope of the market study and on 27 September 2013 published an update paper setting out its proposed scope. The OFT expects to report on the market study in early 2014. 

 

Securitisation and collateralised debt obligation business

On 7 November 2013, the Group announced that it had settled with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘the SEC’) over its investigation of RBS Securities Inc. relating to due diligence conducted in connection with a 2007 offering of residential mortgage-backed securities and corresponding disclosures. Pursuant to the settlement, RBS Securities Inc., without admitting or denying the SEC's allegations, consented to the entry of a final judgment ordering certain relief, including an injunction and the payment of approximately US$153 million in disgorgement, penalties, and interest. The SEC has submitted the settlement to the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut for approval and entry of the judgment. These amounts are covered by provisions already made by the Group.

 

The Group has co-operated fully with the SEC throughout the investigation.

 

88

 

 


 

 

Notes

 

 

13. Other developments

 

Rating agencies

Moody’s Investors Service

On 5 July 2013, the rating agency, Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) placed on review for possible downgrade the long term ratings of the Group and its subsidiaries The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, National Westminster Bank Plc and RBS N.V. Short term ratings were affirmed as unchanged and are not subject to Moody’s’ review. The rating action was prompted by the UK Government’s announcement that it would examine the merit of splitting up the Group by placing its bad assets in a separate legal entity under a ‘Good Bank/Bad Bank’ split. Moody’s expect to conclude their rating review on the Group in the autumn following publication of the Government’s conclusion to its ‘Good Bank/Bad Bank’ assessment. Ulster Bank Limited and Ulster Bank Ireland Limited’s long and short term ratings were also placed on review for possible downgrade.

 

On the same date Moody’s upgraded, by three notches, three series of the Group’s Trust Preferred Securities (RBS Capital Funding Trust V, RBS Capital Funding Trust VI and RBS Capital Funding Trust VII) to ‘Ba3’ from ‘B3’ upon the announcement that the Group would resume coupon payments on these securities following expiration of the European Commission payments ban.

 

As a result of its rating action on the Group, on 8 July 2013, Moody’s also placed on review for possible downgrade the long term ratings of RBS Citizens N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania. Short term ratings were affirmed as unchanged.

 

Standard & Poor’s

On 16 July 2013 the rating outlooks of Ulster Bank Limited and Ulster Bank Ireland Limited were revised to Negative from Stable by the rating agency, Standard & Poor’s (S&P). The rating actions were prompted by the announcement of the ‘Good Bank/Bad Bank’ review.

 

On 7 November 2013 S&P downgraded certain of the Group and its subsidiaries' long-term and short-term credit ratings by one notch. The subsidiaries impacted are The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, The Royal Bank of Scotland N.V. and National Westminster Bank Plc. The downgrade reflects the fact that a transitional notch, called a 'positive transition notch', that was built into the Group’s ratings in late 2011 in recognition of the progress the Group had made in its restructuring has now been removed. The Group's announcement to create an internal bad bank, coupled with S&P's concerns on execution risk, litigation risk and the potential for conduct related fines has resulted in the removal of this transition notch.

 

Fitch Ratings

On 19 September 2013 Fitch Ratings (‘Fitch’) affirmed its ratings on the Group and key subsidiaries as unchanged.

 

 

14. Post balance sheet events

Save as detailed below, there have been no significant events between 30 September 2013 and the date of approval of this announcement which would require a change to or additional disclosure in the announcement.

 

On 1 November 2013 the Group announced the establishment of an internal ‘bad bank’ to run down a pool of assets totalling £38 billion over the next three years. We have also announced our intention to accelerate the IPO of Citizens to 2014 with full divestment intended by the end of 2016.  

 

89

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Presentation of information

In the balance sheet, the assets and liabilities of disposal groups are presented as a single line as required by IFRS. In the risk and balance sheet management section, balances and exposures relating to disposal groups are included within risk measures for all periods presented as permitted by IFRS.

 

Capital management

 

Capital and leverage ratios

The Group’s capital, risk-weighted assets (RWAs) and risk asset ratios, calculated in accordance with Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) definitions, are set out below.

 

Current rules

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012

Capital

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

Core Tier 1

47.5 

48.4 

47.3 

Tier 1

56.6 

57.8 

57.1 

Total

66.6 

68.8 

66.8 

  

  

  

  

RWAs by risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit risk

  

  

  

  - non-counterparty

303.1 

315.7 

323.2 

  - counterparty

34.5 

40.2 

48.0 

Market risk

30.6 

38.3 

42.6 

Operational risk

41.8 

41.8 

45.8 

  

  

  

  

  

410.0 

436.0 

459.6 

  

  

  

  

Risk asset ratios

%

%

%

  

  

  

  

Core Tier 1

11.6 

11.1 

10.3 

Tier 1

13.8 

13.3 

12.4 

Total

16.2 

15.8 

14.5 

  

  

  

  

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

Fully loaded Capital Requirements Regulations (CRR) estimates (1)

2013 

2013 

2012 

  

  

  

  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

£41.1bn

£41.2bn

£38.1bn

RWAs

£452.5bn

£471.5bn

£494.6bn

Fully loaded Basel III basis Core Tier 1 ratio

9.1%

8.7%

7.7%

Leverage ratio

3.6%

3.4%

3.1%

 

Note:

(1)

Calculated on the same basis as disclosed on page 95 of the Group’s 2012 Form 20-F.

 

Key points

·

Core Tier 1 ratio improved by 130 basis points since 31 December 2012 and 50 basis points in Q3, primarily due to RWA reduction.

 

 

·

RWAs fell by £49.6 billion, of which £26.0 billion was in the third quarter, as both Markets and Non- Core implemented risk reduction strategies resulting in decreases of £28.1 billion (Q3 - £13.6 billion) and £19.5 billion (Q3 - £5.4 billion) respectively.

 

 

·

Fully loaded Basel III basis Core Tier 1 ratio also improved by 140 basis points, 40 basis points in Q3 to 9.1%, primarily reflecting current basis factors discussed above being partially offset by higher prudential valuation requirement.

 

 

·

The CRR leverage ratio improved by 50 basis points to date; 20 basis points in Q3, primarily reflecting balance sheet reduction.

 

90

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Capital management (continued) 

 

Capital resources

 

Components of capital (Basel 2.5)

The Group’s regulatory capital resources in accordance with PRA definitions were as follows:

 

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

Shareholders’ equity (excluding non-controlling interests)

  

  

  

 Shareholders’ equity

67,668 

69,183 

68,678 

 Preference shares - equity

(4,313)

(4,313)

(4,313)

 Other equity instruments

(979)

(979)

(979)

  

62,376 

63,891 

63,386 

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

  

  

  

 Non-controlling interests

462 

475 

1,770 

Adjustments to non-controlling interests for regulatory purposes

(1,367)

  

462 

475 

403 

  

  

  

  

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

  

  

  

 Own credit

762 

447 

691 

 Defined benefit pension fund adjustment

667 

628 

913 

 Unrealised losses on available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities

358 

800 

410 

 Unrealised gains on AFS equity shares

(106)

(86)

(63)

 Cash flow hedging reserve

(447)

(491)

(1,666)

 Other adjustments for regulatory purposes

(115)

(140)

(198)

 Goodwill and other intangible assets

(13,742)

(13,997)

(13,545)

 50% excess of expected losses over impairment provisions (net of tax)

(1,801)

(2,032)

(1,904)

 50% of securitisation positions

(889)

(1,051)

(1,107)

  

(15,313)

(15,922)

(16,469)

  

  

  

  

Core Tier 1 capital

47,525 

48,444 

47,320 

  

  

  

  

Other Tier 1 capital

  

  

  

 Preference shares - equity

4,313 

4,313 

4,313 

 Preference shares - debt

919 

1,112 

1,054 

 Innovative/hybrid Tier 1 securities

4,330 

4,427 

4,125 

  

9,562 

9,852 

9,492 

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 deductions

  

  

  

 50% of material holdings (1)

(1,003)

(1,124)

(295)

 Tax on excess of expected losses over impairment provisions

546 

616 

618 

  

(457)

(508)

323 

  

  

  

  

Total Tier 1 capital

56,630 

57,788 

57,135 

  

  

  

  

For the note to this table refer to the following page.

  

  

  

91

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

 

Capital management: Capital resources (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Components of capital (Basel 2.5)

  

  

  

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

  

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

Qualifying Tier 2 capital

  

  

  

 Undated subordinated debt

2,103 

2,136 

2,194 

 Dated subordinated debt - net of amortisation

11,896 

13,530 

13,420 

 Unrealised gains on AFS equity shares

106 

86 

63 

 Collectively assessed impairment provisions

386 

415 

399 

  

14,491 

16,167 

16,076 

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 deductions

  

  

  

 50% of securitisation positions

(889)

(1,051)

(1,107)

 50% excess of expected losses over impairment provisions

(2,347)

(2,648)

(2,522)

 50% of material holdings (1)

(1,003)

(1,124)

(295)

  

(4,239)

(4,823)

(3,924)

  

  

  

  

Total Tier 2 capital

10,252 

11,344 

12,152 

  

  

  

  

Supervisory deductions

  

  

  

 Unconsolidated investments

  

  

  

  - Direct Line Group (1)

(2,081)

  - Other investments

(39)

(39)

(162)

 Other deductions

(209)

(271)

(244)

  

  

  

  

  

(248)

(310)

(2,487)

  

  

  

  

Total regulatory capital

66,634 

68,822 

66,800 

 

Flow statement (Basel 2.5)

The table below analyses the movement in Core Tier 1, Other Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital during the nine months ended 30 September 2013.

 

  

  

  

  

Supervisory

  

  

Core Tier 1

Other Tier 1

Tier 2

deductions

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

47,320 

9,815 

12,152 

(2,487)

66,800 

Attributable loss net of movements in fair value of own credit

(222)

(222)

Share capital and reserve movements in respect of employee

  

  

  

  

  

  share schemes

256 

256 

Ordinary shares issued

205 

205 

Foreign exchange reserve

110 

110 

Foreign exchange movements

(4)

243 

239 

Increase in non-controlling interests

59 

59 

Decrease/(increase) in capital deductions (1)

321 

(780)

(315)

2,239 

1,465 

Increase in goodwill and intangibles

(197)

(197)

Defined benefit pension fund

(246)

(246)

Dated subordinated debt issues

652 

652 

Dated subordinated debt maturities, redemptions and amortisation

(2,293)

(2,293)

Other movements

(81)

74 

(187)

(194)

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2013

47,525 

9,105 

10,252 

(248)

66,634 

 

Note:

(1)

From 1 January 2013 material holdings in insurance companies are deducted 50% from Tier 1 and 50% from Tier 2.

 

92

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Capital management (continued) 

 

Risk-weighted assets flow statement

The table below analyses the movement in credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs by key drivers during the nine months ended 30 September 2013.

 

  

Credit risk

Market

Operational

Gross

  

Non-counterparty

Counterparty

risk

risk

RWAs

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

323.2 

48.0 

42.6 

45.8 

459.6 

Business and market movements (1)

(27.3)

(13.5)

(11.8)

(4.0)

(56.6)

Disposals

(5.6)

(5.6)

Model changes (2)

12.8 

(0.2)

12.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2013

303.1 

34.5 

30.6 

41.8 

410.0 

 

Notes:

(1)

Represents changes in book size, composition, position changes and market movements including foreign exchange impacts.

(2)

Refers to implementation of a new model or modification of an existing model after approval from the PRA and changes in model scope.

 

93

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity, funding and related risks

Liquidity risk depends on factors such as the maturity profile and composition of the Group’s assets and liabilities, the quality and market value of its liquidity buffer and broader market factors, such as wholesale market circumstances alongside depositor and investor behaviour.

 

Overview

Short-term wholesale funding excluding derivative collateral (STWF) at 30 September 2013 was £34.6 billion, a decrease of £7.0 billion year-to-date, representing 4% of the funded balance sheet and 31% of total wholesale funding.

 

 

The Group liquidity portfolio continued to exceed the medium-term target of 1.5 times STWF and was £150.9 billion at 30 September 2013 with the proportion of primary and secondary liquidity comparable to 31 December 2012 at 62%:38%.

 

 

The Group’s loan:deposit ratio strengthened in the nine months to 30 September 2013 to 94% (30 June 2013 - 96%; 31 December 2012 - 100%) with strong deposit growth of £5.8 billion in UK Retail and Non-Core loan run-off of £14.8 billion being the main drivers.

 

 

The Group repaid €8.5 billion of European Central Bank Long Term Refinancing Operation funding in 2013, including €3.5 billion in Q3 2013. The residual €1.4 billion is being used to help support Ulster Bank’s standalone funding profile. The Group will continue to evaluate its utilisation of this facility.

 

 

As part of ongoing balance sheet management the Group has completed a number of public liability management exercises in 2013 buying back £2.0 billion of senior unsecured debt in Q1, €1.5 billion of secured debt in Q2 and $2.5 billion of Lower Tier 2 capital debt in Q3. The Group also issued $1.0 billion Tier 2 capital debt in Q2 2013. The Group will continue to assess market conditions with a view to issuing further subordinated debt in due course.

 

 

Liquidity metrics improved year-to-date reflecting on-going balance sheet improvements. Stressed outflow coverage improved to 147% from 136% at the half year. The liquidity coverage ratio, based on the Group’s interpretation of draft guidance, was maintained at above 100%; while the net stable funding ratio improved from year end to 119% but declined marginally in Q3.

 

94

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

 

Liquidity, funding and related risks (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funding sources

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The table below shows the Group’s principal funding sources excluding repurchase agreements.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

  

30 June 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Less than

More than

  

  

Less than

More than

  

  

Less than

More than

  

  

1 year

1 year

Total

  

1 year

1 year

Total

  

1 year

1 year

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 derivative cash collateral

20,548 

20,548 

  

22,176 

22,176 

  

28,585 

28,585 

 other deposits

16,203 

1,850 

18,053 

  

18,084 

5,027 

23,111 

  

18,938 

9,551 

28,489 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

36,751 

1,850 

38,601 

  

40,260 

5,027 

45,287 

  

47,523 

9,551 

57,074 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities in issue

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 commercial paper

2,690 

2,690 

  

2,526 

2,526 

  

2,873 

2,873 

 certificates of deposit

2,120 

84 

2,204 

  

2,264 

336 

2,600 

  

2,605 

391 

2,996 

 medium-term notes

11,014 

38,438 

49,452 

  

12,013 

43,129 

55,142 

  

13,019 

53,584 

66,603 

 covered bonds

1,871 

7,249 

9,120 

  

185 

9,140 

9,325 

  

1,038 

9,101 

10,139 

 securitisations  

10 

8,305 

8,315 

  

807 

9,321 

10,128 

  

761 

11,220 

11,981 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

17,705 

54,076 

71,781 

  

17,795 

61,926 

79,721 

  

20,296 

74,296 

94,592 

Subordinated liabilities

667 

23,053 

23,720 

  

857 

25,681 

26,538 

  

2,351 

24,951 

27,302 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notes issued

18,372 

77,129 

95,501 

  

18,652 

87,607 

106,259 

  

22,647 

99,247 

121,894 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale funding

55,123 

78,979 

134,102 

  

58,912 

92,634 

151,546 

  

70,170 

108,798 

178,968 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 derivative cash collateral

7,671 

7,671 

  

8,179 

8,179 

  

7,949 

7,949 

 other deposits

409,661 

17,076 

426,737 

  

409,521 

19,506 

429,027 

  

400,012 

26,031 

426,043 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total customer deposits

417,332 

17,076 

434,408 

  

417,700 

19,506 

437,206 

  

407,961 

26,031 

433,992 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding

472,455 

96,055 

568,510 

  

476,612 

112,140 

588,752 

  

478,131 

134,829 

612,960 

 

 

The table below shows the Group’s wholesale funding by source.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short-term wholesale

  

Total wholesale

  

Net inter-bank

funding (1)

funding

funding (2)

  

Excluding

Including

  

Excluding

Including

  

Deposits

Loans (3)

Net

 derivative 

 derivative 

 derivative 

 derivative 

 inter-bank 

collateral

 collateral 

collateral

 collateral 

 funding 

  

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

34.6 

55.1 

  

113.6 

134.1 

  

18.1 

(16.6)

1.5 

30 June 2013

36.7 

58.9 

  

129.4 

151.5 

  

23.1 

(17.1)

6.0 

31 March 2013

43.0 

70.9 

  

147.2 

175.1 

  

26.6 

(18.7)

7.9 

31 December 2012

41.6 

70.2 

  

150.4 

179.0 

  

28.5 

(18.6)

9.9 

30 September 2012

48.5 

77.2 

  

158.9 

187.6 

  

29.4 

(20.2)

9.2 

 

Notes:

(1)

Short-term wholesale balances denote those with a residual maturity of less than one year and include longer-term issuances.

(2)

Excludes derivative cash collateral.

(3)

Primarily short-term balances.

 

95

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Liquidity, funding and related risks (continued) 

 

Liquidity portfolio

The table below analyses the Group’s liquidity portfolio by product and by liquidity value. Liquidity value is lower than carrying value principally as it is stated after the discounts applied by the Bank of England and other central banks to instruments, within the secondary liquidity portfolio, eligible for discounting.

 

  

Liquidity value

  

Period end

  

Average

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

  

Q3

Q2 

Full year

2013

2013

2012

2013

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

78,855 

81,737 

70,109 

  

82,237 

85,751 

81,768 

Central and local government bonds

14,550 

18,385 

20,691 

  

16,851 

19,250 

30,972 

Treasury bills

11 

650 

750 

  

214 

665 

202 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Primary liquidity

93,416 

100,772 

91,550 

  

99,302 

105,666 

112,942 

Secondary liquidity (1)

57,434 

56,841 

55,619 

  

56,753 

56,486 

41,978 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity value

150,850 

157,613 

147,169 

  

156,055 

162,152 

154,920 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total carrying value

188,102 

198,217 

187,942 

  

  

  

  

 

Note:

(1)

Includes assets eligible for discounting at the Bank of England and other central banks.

 

Basel III liquidity ratios and other metrics

  

  

  

  

30 September

30 June

31 December

2013

2013

2012

  

%

%

%

  

  

  

  

Stressed outflow coverage (1)

147 

136 

128 

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) (2)

>100

>100

>100

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR) (2)

119 

120 

117 

 

Notes:

(1)

The Group’s liquidity risk appetite is measured by reference to the liquidity buffer as a percentage of stressed contractual and behavioural outflows under the worst of three severe stress scenarios of a market-wide stress, an idiosyncratic stress and a combination of both in the Group’s Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment. Liquidity risk adequacy is determined by surplus of liquid assets over three months stressed outflows under the worst case stresses. This assessment is performed in accordance with PRA guidance.

(2)

The Group monitors the LCR and the NSFR in its internal reporting framework based on its current interpretation of the final rules. At present there is a broad range of interpretations on how to calculate these ratios due to the lack of a commonly agreed market standard and the ratios are subject to future issuances of technical standards from the European Banking Authority. This makes meaningful comparisons of the LCR and NSFR between institutions difficult.

 

96

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss due to the failure of a customer or counterparty to meet its obligation to settle outstanding amounts.

 

Loans and related credit metrics

The tables below analyse gross loans and advances (excluding reverse repos) and the related credit metrics by division. For a description of the Group’s early problem debt identification and problem debt management refer to pages 131 to 139 of the Group’s 2012 Form 20-F.

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

Year-to-date

  

Gross loans to

REIL

Provisions

REIL as a %

  

of gross

Provisions

loans to

as a %

Impairment

Amounts

Banks

Customers

customers

of REIL

charge

written-off

30 September 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

1,043 

112,739 

3,800 

2,247 

3.4 

59 

251 

609 

UK Corporate

925 

103,847 

6,019 

2,348 

5.8 

39 

529 

603 

Wealth

1,320 

16,895 

261 

100 

1.5 

38 

15 

International Banking

5,550 

41,996 

520 

332 

1.2 

64 

182 

239 

Ulster Bank

634 

31,894 

8,535 

4,479 

26.8 

52 

707 

154 

US Retail & Commercial

67 

50,783 

1,074 

266 

2.1 

25 

105 

217 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

9,539 

358,154 

20,209 

9,772 

5.6 

48 

1,782 

1,837 

Markets

15,644 

24,443 

341 

263 

1.4 

77 

(4)

46 

Other

2,739 

5,287 

66 

nm

64 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

27,922 

387,884 

20,551 

10,101 

5.3 

49 

1,842 

1,883 

Non-Core

427 

41,522 

19,815 

11,320 

47.7 

57 

1,439 

1,270 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

28,349 

429,406 

40,366 

21,421 

9.4 

53 

3,281 

3,153 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

695 

113,599 

4,569 

2,629 

4.0 

58 

529 

599 

UK Corporate

746 

107,025 

5,452 

2,432 

5.1 

45 

836 

514 

Wealth

1,545 

17,074 

248 

109 

1.5 

44 

46 

15 

International Banking

4,827 

42,342 

422 

391 

1.0 

93 

111 

445 

Ulster Bank

632 

32,652 

7,533 

3,910 

23.1 

52 

1,364 

72 

US Retail & Commercial

435 

51,271 

1,146 

285 

2.2 

25 

83 

391 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retail & Commercial

8,880 

363,963 

19,370 

9,756 

5.3 

50 

2,969 

2,036 

Markets

16,805 

29,787 

396 

305 

1.3 

77 

25 

109 

Other

3,196 

2,125 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

28,881 

395,875 

19,766 

10,062 

5.0 

51 

2,995 

2,145 

Non-Core

477 

56,343 

21,374 

11,200 

37.9 

52 

2,320 

2,121 

Direct Line Group

2,036 

881 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Group

31,394 

453,099 

41,140 

21,262 

9.1 

52 

5,315 

4,266 

 

nm = not meaningful

97

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Credit risk: Loans and related credit metrics (continued) 

 

Key points

 

Gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos

·

Loans decreased by £23.7 billion since the year end to £429.4 billion of which £14.8 billion was in Non-Core, reflecting disposals and amortisations.

 

 

·

Core lending decreased by £8.0 billion reflecting a decrease of £3.3 billion in personal lending, mainly unsecured lending in UK Retail and Wealth, with a further £4.7 billion decrease in corporate lending with £2.0 billion in relation to commercial real estate (see below).

 

Mortgage lending

·

Mortgage lending decreased by £1.1 billion to £148.6 billion.

 

The table below analyses the major mortgage portfolios and includes both Core and Non-Core.

  

  

  

  

  

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

UK Retail

98,903 

99,062 

Ulster Bank

19,227 

19,162 

RBS Citizens

19,943 

21,538 

Wealth

8,665 

8,786 

 

 

The UK Retail mortgage portfolio totalled £98.9 billion at 30 September 2013, broadly flat compared with 31 December 2012. Gross new mortgage lending was £4.3 billion in Q3 2013, compared with £5.5 billion in H1 2013, reflecting a continuation of the progress seen at half year as newly retrained mortgage advisors returned to customer facing roles.

 

 

Of the Ulster Bank residential mortgage portfolio totalling £19.2 billion at 30 September 2013, 88% was in the Republic of Ireland and 12% in Northern Ireland. At constant exchange rates, the portfolio decreased by 2% from 31 December 2012 as a result of natural amortisation and low market demand.

 

 

RBS Citizens residential real estate portfolio totalled £19.9 billion at 30 September 2013 (31 December 2012 - £21.5 billion). The decrease was due to market conditions and the continued reduction of the Non-Core portfolio (10% of total portfolio). In the Non-Core portfolio of £1.9 billion, the Serviced By Others portfolio decreased from £1.8 billion at year end to £1.5 billion at 30 September 2013. The arrears rate improved from 1.9% to 1.6% reflecting liquidations as well as more effective account servicing and collections. The charge-off rate also continued to decrease.

 

98

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Credit risk: Loans and related credit metrics (continued) 

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Commercial real estate gross lending

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Investment 

Development 

Total 

  

Investment 

Development 

Total 

By division (1)

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Corporate

21,566 

3,530 

25,096 

  

22,504 

4,091 

26,595 

Ulster Bank

3,577 

716 

4,293 

  

3,575 

729 

4,304 

US Retail & Commercial

3,996 

3,997 

  

3,857 

3,860 

International Banking

879 

196 

1,075 

  

849 

315 

1,164 

Markets

150 

156 

  

630 

57 

687 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30,168 

4,449 

34,617 

  

31,415 

5,195 

36,610 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Corporate

1,561 

878 

2,439 

  

2,651 

983 

3,634 

Ulster Bank

3,378 

7,191 

10,569 

  

3,383 

7,607 

10,990 

US Retail & Commercial

282 

282 

  

392 

392 

International Banking

8,114 

14 

8,128 

  

11,260 

154 

11,414 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

13,335 

8,083 

21,418 

  

17,686 

8,744 

26,430 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

43,503 

12,532 

56,035 

  

49,101 

13,939 

63,040 

 

Note:

(1)

Excludes commercial real estate lending in Wealth as these loans are generally supported by personal guarantees in addition to collateral. This portfolio, which totalled £1.4 billion at 30 September 2013 (31 December 2012 - £1.4 billion), continued to perform in line with expectations and required minimal provision.

 

  

Total

  

Non-Core

  

30 September

31 December

  

30 September

31 December

2013

2012

2013

2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

Lending (gross)

£56.0bn

£63.0bn

  

£21.4bn

£26.4bn

Of which REIL

£21.9bn

£22.1bn

  

£16.0bn

£17.1bn

Provisions

£10.6bn

£10.1bn

  

£8.6bn

£8.3bn

REIL as a % of gross loans to customers

39.1%

35.1%

  

74.8%

64.8%

Provisions as a % of REIL

48%

46%

  

54%

49%

 

Note:

(1)

Excludes property related lending to customers in other sectors managed by Real Estate Finance.

 

·

Commercial real estate lending declined by 11% to £56.0 billion from £63.0 billion at 31 December 2012 mainly in Non-Core resulting from repayments, asset sales and write-offs.

 

 

·

Ulster Bank is a significant contributor to Non-Core commercial real estate lending. For further information refer to the section on Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core) in Appendix 1.

99

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Credit risk (continued)

 

Debt securities: IFRS measurement classification by issuer

The table below analyses debt securities by issuer and IFRS measurement classifications. US central and local government includes US federal agencies; financial institutions include US government sponsored agencies and securitisation entities, the latter principally relating to asset-backed securities (ABS).

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central and local government

Banks

Other

Corporate

Total

  

  

financial

  

Of which

UK

US

Other

institutions

  

ABS

30 September 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Held-for-trading (HFT)

6,871 

9,614 

23,788 

1,650 

15,320 

1,925 

59,168 

  

11,895 

Designated as at fair value

106 

57 

170 

  

56 

Available-for-sale (AFS)

6,819 

15,066 

11,864 

6,162 

19,955 

180 

60,046 

  

27,213 

Loans and receivables

10 

180 

3,159 

179 

3,528 

  

3,059 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Long positions

13,700 

24,680 

35,758 

7,998 

38,491 

2,285 

122,912 

  

42,223 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which US agencies

5,526 

15,104 

20,630 

  

19,253 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short positions (HFT)

(2,856)

(9,317)

(14,104)

(1,124)

(1,497)

(821)

(29,719)

  

(50)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross unrealised gains

339 

538 

562 

73 

519 

2,038 

  

611 

Gross unrealised losses

(88)

(15)

(254)

(665)

(1)

(1,023)

  

(1,005)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Held-for-trading

7,692 

17,349 

27,195 

2,243 

21,876 

2,015 

78,370 

  

18,619 

Designated as at fair value

123 

86 

610 

54 

873 

  

516 

Available-for-sale

9,774 

19,046 

16,155 

8,861 

23,890 

3,167 

80,893 

  

30,743 

Loans and receivables

365 

3,728 

390 

4,488 

  

3,707 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Long positions

17,471 

36,395 

43,473 

11,555 

50,104 

5,626 

164,624 

  

53,585 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which US agencies

5,380 

21,566 

26,946 

  

24,828 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short positions (HFT)

(1,538)

(10,658)

(11,355)

(1,036)

(1,595)

(798)

(26,980)

  

(17)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross unrealised gains

1,007 

1,092 

1,187 

110 

660 

120 

4,176 

  

764 

Gross unrealised losses

(1)

(14)

(509)

(1,319)

(4)

(1,847)

  

(1,817)

 

Key points  

·

HFT: UK and US government bonds, and US agency ABS decreased reflecting sales following an increase in yields, continued focus on balance sheet reduction and capital management in Markets. The decrease in other government bonds primarily comprises reductions in Japanese, French, Belgian and Canadian bonds, partially offset by an increase in German bonds. Short positions in German and Japanese government bonds increased reflecting focus on reduction in net exposure.

·

AFS: Government securities, primarily US, UK and German, decreased by £11.2 billion reflecting Group Treasury’s liquidity portfolio management. Holdings in bank issuances fell by £2.7 billion due to maturities and amortisations. The decrease in financial institution securities, of £3.9 billion, primarily related to ABS (£1.4 billion CLO in Non-Core and £1.6 billion Dutch RMBS), due to disposals, maturities and buy backs. This was partially offset by build up of securities (£0.9 billion), primarily US agency securities in US Retail and Commercial. The reduction includes £7.2 billion related to Direct Line Group, not included at 30 September 2013 as it is an associate.

·

AFS gross unrealised gains and losses: UK Government decrease of £0.7 billion reflects exposure reduction and impact of rating downgrade. A US Government decrease of £0.6 billion also reflects exposure reduction as well as the impact of expectations of tapering of the liquidity programme by the US Federal Reserve. The reduction in bank and other financial institutions securities reflected maturities, disposals and market movements.

100

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Credit risk (continued)

 

Derivatives

The table below analyses the fair value of the Group’s derivatives by type of contract. Master netting arrangements in respect of mark-to-market (mtm) positions and collateral shown below do not result in a net presentation in the Group’s balance sheet under IFRS.

 

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Notional (1)

Assets

Liabilities

  

Notional (1)

Assets

Liabilities

  

£bn

£m

£m

  

£bn

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate (2)

37,411 

248,609 

237,127 

  

33,483 

363,454 

345,565 

Exchange rate

5,117 

63,852 

67,944 

  

4,698 

63,067 

70,481 

Credit

357 

7,793 

7,678 

  

553 

11,005 

10,353 

Equity and commodity

87 

3,404 

6,716 

  

111 

4,392 

7,941 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

323,658 

319,465 

  

  

441,918 

434,340 

Counterparty mtm netting

  

(271,828)

(271,828)

  

  

(373,906)

(373,906)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

51,830 

47,637 

  

  

68,012 

60,434 

Cash collateral

  

(26,240)

(21,171)

  

  

(34,099)

(24,633)

Securities collateral

  

(5,564)

(5,082)

  

  

(5,616)

(8,264)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

20,026 

21,384 

  

  

28,297 

27,537 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes exchange traded contracts of £2,399 billion (31 December 2012 - £2,497 billion), principally interest rate. Trades are margined daily hence carrying values were insignificant: assets - £75 million (31 December 2012 - £41 million) and liabilities - £293 million (31 December 2012 - £255 million).

(2)

Interest rate notional includes £22,580 billion (31 December 2012 - £15,864 billion) in respect of contracts with central clearing counterparties to the extent related assets and liabilities are offset.

 

Key points  

·

Net exposure after taking into account mtm and collateral netting arrangements, decreased by 29% (liabilities decreased by 22%) due to lower derivative fair values, driven by upward shifts in interest rate yields and continued use of trade compression cycles. This was partially offset by increased trade volumes, primarily during the first half of the year and weakening of sterling against the euro year-to-date.

 

 

·

Interest rate contracts fair value decreased due to significant upward shifts in major yield curves, as expectations of US Federal Reserve tapering of quantitative easing heightened during the first half of 2013 and continued in the third quarter. Continued participation in trade compression cycles contributed to a further reduction in exposures. This was partially offset by an increase in trade volumes, which also resulted in an increase in notional balances.

 

 

·

The increase in notional and asset fair values of exchange rate contracts reflected increased trade volumes and exchange rate movements. The decrease in liabilities was due to the impact of foreign exchange movements.

 

 

·

The decrease in credit derivative notional and fair values was driven by increased use of trade compression cycles and novation of certain trades in Markets in line with the Group’s risk reduction strategy, primarily in the first half of the year. Tightening of credit spreads also contributed to the decrease in fair value.

 

 

·

Exchange rate movements, sales and reduction in trade volumes contributed to the decrease in equity contracts.

 

101

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

 

Market risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Value-at-risk (VaR)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For a description of the Group’s basis of measurement and methodologies, refer to pages 202 to 206 of the Group’s 2012 Form 20-F.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended

  

Year ended

  

30 September 2013

  

30 September 2012

  

31 December 2012

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

Trading VaR

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

38.8 

32.8 

78.2 

24.6 

  

63.7 

44.8 

95.7 

43.6 

  

62.6 

75.6 

95.7 

40.8 

Credit spread

66.5 

44.9 

86.8 

44.9 

  

69.4 

67.2 

94.9 

44.9 

  

69.2 

74.1 

94.9 

44.9 

Currency

9.5 

7.6 

20.6 

4.3 

  

11.4 

8.9 

21.3 

5.3 

  

10.3 

7.6 

21.3 

2.6 

Equity

6.3 

4.5 

12.8 

4.2 

  

6.3 

8.2 

12.5 

3.3 

  

6.0 

3.9 

12.5 

1.7 

Commodity

1.0 

0.6 

3.7 

0.3 

  

1.9 

2.7 

6.0 

0.9 

  

2.0 

1.5 

6.0 

0.9 

Diversification (1)

  

(31.3)

  

  

  

  

(40.8)

  

  

  

  

(55.4)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

86.1 

59.1 

118.8 

54.5 

  

99.0 

91.0 

137.0 

66.5 

  

97.3 

107.3 

137.0 

66.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

70.7 

46.3 

104.6 

44.2 

  

74.2 

69.4 

118.0 

47.4 

  

74.6 

88.1 

118.0 

47.4 

Non-Core

20.5 

17.6 

24.9 

17.5 

  

32.3 

26.5 

41.9 

22.1 

  

30.1 

22.8 

41.9 

22.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CEM (2)

62.7 

42.8 

85.4 

40.1 

  

77.7 

74.3 

84.2 

73.3 

  

78.5 

84.9 

86.0 

71.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding CEM)

41.2 

26.7 

60.4 

25.4 

  

46.4 

46.6 

76.4 

32.2 

  

47.1 

57.6 

76.4 

32.2 

 

Notes:

(1)

The Group benefits from diversification as it reduces risk by allocating positions across various financial instrument types, currencies and markets. The extent of diversification benefit depends on the correlation between the assets and risk factors in the portfolio at a particular time.

(2)

For a description of counterparty exposure management (CEM) activities, refer to page 207 of the Group’s 2012 Form 20-F.

 

102

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Market risk (continued) 

 

Key points

·

The Group’s interest rate VaR was lower in the first nine months of 2013 than in the comparative period in 2012. VaR fell during H1 2013 reflecting de-risking by a number of Markets businesses and an extension to the scope of valuation adjustments captured in VaR in March 2013 by counterparty exposure management. VaR increased during July and August as a number of Markets businesses repositioned their exposures, although this was partially offset by hedging against certain valuation adjustments. In mid-September, VaR increased further with some significant client transactions and fell again once hedging was complete.

 

 

·

The period end and average credit spread VaR were lower in the first nine months of 2013 than in the same period in 2012. Towards the end of Q2 2013 the credit spread VaR fell as a number of Markets businesses reduced and repositioned their exposures after the US Federal Reserve indicated the possibility of tapering of its bond-buying programme in 2013. The credit spread VaR fell throughout Q3 2013 as Markets gradually reduced its asset-backed securities inventory.

 

Non-trading VaR

The average VaR for the Group’s non-trading portfolio, predominantly comprising available-for-sale portfolios in Markets and Non-Core was £10.0 million for the first nine months of 2013 compared with £12.6 million in the same period in 2012. Changes to the call assumptions on some Dutch residential mortgage-backed securities implemented in March 2013 extended their weighted average life and as a result the period end VaR at 30 June 2013 increased to £12.3 million. During Q3, as the issuer bought back some of these securities, the period end VaR at 30 September 2013 fell to £7.1 million (31 December 2012 - £9.5 million).

 

Other portfolios

The structured credit portfolio in Non-Core is measured on a notional and fair value basis because of its illiquid nature. Notional and fair value decreased to £1.0 billion and £0.8 billion respectively (Q4 2012 - £2.0 billion and £1.5 billion), reflecting the sale of underlying assets from collateralised debt obligations and legacy multi-seller conduits.

103

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

Country risk

Country risk is the risk of material losses arising from significant country-specific events such as sovereign events (defaults or restructurings); economic events (contagion of sovereign default to other parts of the economy, cyclical economic shock); political events (transfer or convertibility restrictions, expropriation or nationalisation); and conflict.

 

Overview

Comments below relate to trends over the nine months to 30 September 2013, unless stated otherwise.

 

·

Balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure to most countries shown in the summary tables declined across all broad product categories despite the appreciation of the euro by 2.6%, as the Group maintained a cautious stance and many clients reduced debt levels. Non-Core lending declined further, reflecting prepayments, amortisation and the Group’s risk reduction strategy.

 

 

·

Total eurozone balance sheet exposure declined by £33.7 billion or 20% to £132.2 billion, caused mostly by significant reductions in liquidity held with the Bundesbank and bank derivative exposures. Most of the latter reductions related to counterparties in the Netherlands, France and Germany. The Group nearly halved its European credit default swaps positions to reduce risks and capital requirements in line with strategic plans through participation in trade compression cycles, novations and maturities.

 

 

·

Eurozone periphery balance sheet exposure decreased by £3.8 billion to £55.3 billion.

 

Ireland - repo and derivatives exposures, largely to banks and other financial institutions, decreased by £0.4 billion and £0.3 billion respectively. Gross derivatives exposure declined significantly as a major counterparty novated trades to a UK subsidiary.

 

Spain - the fair value of Group Treasury’s AFS securities, mainly covered bonds, increased by £0.5 billion due to narrowing of credit spreads and higher prices. Lending decreased by £1.0 billion, half of which was in Non-Core and primarily in the commercial real estate and construction sectors. Bank derivatives declined by £0.5 billion due to reduced customer demand.

 

Italy - the £2.0 billion decrease in exposures reflected reductions in off-balance sheet exposure to the electricity and insurance sectors, derivatives with corporates and banks, and debt securities.

 

Portugal - there were further reductions in lending to the telecommunications and transport sectors and in derivatives exposure to banks.

 

Greece - exposure decreased by £0.2 billion, caused by reductions in lending and derivatives. The remaining exposure mostly comprised collateralised derivatives exposure to banks and corporate lending, including exposure to local subsidiaries of international companies.

 

 

·

Germany - exposure decreased principally owing to a reduction in the significant liquidity held with the central bank, as part of the Group’s asset and liability management.

 

 

·

Japan - exposure decreased by £6.2 billion. Net HFT and AFS government bonds reduced by £3.5 billion and £0.6 billion respectively, and derivatives exposure, largely to banks, decreased by £1.7 billion. This reflected depreciation of the yen, lower trading flows and a reduction in derivatives bond collateral.

 

 

·

China - lending and off-balance sheet exposure to banks increased by £1.5 billion and £0.5 billion respectively, as customer demand grew. Derivatives exposure to public sector entities decreased by £0.6 billion, owing to fluctuations in short-term hedging by clients.

 

 

·

Funding mismatches - material estimated funding mismatches at risk of redenomination at 30 September 2013 were: Ireland £8.5 billion (31 December 2012 - £9.0 billion) and Spain £4.0 billion (31 December 2012 - £4.5 billion). The net positions for Italy (31 December 2012 - £1.0 billion), Portugal, Greece and Cyprus were all minimal.

104

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

 

Country risk: Summary tables

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

  

Lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CDS

  

  

  

Debt securities

  

Off-

  

  

notional

Govt

Central

Other

Other

  

  

Total

  

Of which

AFS

HFT

Net

Balance

balance

Total

  

less fair

Gross

banks

banks

FI

Corporate

Personal

lending

Non-Core

and LAR

(net)

Derivatives

Repos

sheet

sheet

exposure

  

value

Derivatives

Repos

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

  

£m

  

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ireland

40 

78 

83 

999 

17,614 

17,871 

36,685 

  

9,845 

  

271 

304 

  

1,440 

175 

  

38,875 

  

2,982 

  

41,857 

  

(161)

  

3,475 

7,907 

Spain

10 

3,348 

327 

3,686 

  

2,256 

  

5,385 

141 

  

1,273 

  

10,485 

  

1,610 

  

12,095 

  

(394)

  

4,320 

3,203 

Italy

22 

17 

232 

1,242 

25 

1,538 

  

792 

  

539 

388 

  

1,963 

  

4,428 

  

1,986 

  

6,414 

  

(647)

  

7,862 

Portugal

213 

220 

  

208 

  

192 

35 

  

420 

  

867 

  

241 

  

1,108 

  

(102)

  

496 

26 

Greece

115 

14 

134 

  

59 

  

  

267 

  

401 

  

26 

  

427 

  

  

495 

Cyprus

223 

12 

235 

  

112 

  

  

29 

  

267 

  

31 

  

298 

  

  

45 

51 

Germany

8,448 

500 

157 

3,056 

87 

12,248 

  

2,388 

  

5,877 

3,093 

  

8,178 

469 

  

29,865 

  

6,804 

  

36,669 

  

(790)

  

40,009 

8,759 

Netherlands

13 

1,083 

531 

1,188 

3,919 

23 

6,757 

  

1,403 

  

5,614 

713 

  

7,071 

73 

  

20,228 

  

10,638 

  

30,866 

  

(679)

  

17,219 

2,901 

France

418 

1,910 

131 

1,938 

77 

4,474 

  

982 

  

1,768 

3,050 

  

5,826 

506 

  

15,624 

  

9,255 

  

24,879 

  

(1,459)

  

33,301 

15,955 

Luxembourg

16 

47 

995 

1,915 

2,977 

  

749 

  

57 

48 

  

1,319 

147 

  

4,548 

  

2,538 

  

7,086 

  

(56)

  

2,554 

5,386 

Belgium

86 

157 

382 

20 

645 

  

241 

  

438 

(76)

  

2,525 

31 

  

3,563 

  

1,427 

  

4,990 

  

(135)

  

3,593 

1,367 

Other

92 

12 

45 

682 

15 

846 

  

84 

  

502 

489 

  

1,151 

15 

  

3,003 

  

1,165 

  

4,168 

  

(169)

  

3,952 

1,073 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other countries

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Japan

610 

331 

136 

625 

17 

1,719 

  

60 

  

753 

1,417 

  

1,152 

198 

  

5,239 

  

348 

  

5,587 

  

(51)

  

8,412 

16,298 

India

60 

1,150 

14 

1,942 

72 

3,238 

  

78 

  

580 

216 

  

110 

  

4,144 

  

771 

  

4,915 

  

(53)

  

232 

91 

China

144 

2,292 

171 

547 

34 

3,188 

  

27 

  

128 

15 

  

267 

64 

  

3,662 

  

1,239 

  

4,901 

  

  

267 

3,796 

South Korea

695 

62 

634 

1,398 

  

  

131 

144 

  

245 

31 

  

1,949 

  

699 

  

2,648 

  

166 

  

522 

1,098 

Brazil

1,107 

112 

1,222 

  

57 

  

313 

  

43 

  

1,578 

  

160 

  

1,738 

  

33 

  

74 

Russia

42 

646 

507 

48 

1,245 

  

45 

  

154 

  

21 

  

1,427 

  

232 

  

1,659 

  

(144)

  

21 

Turkey

72 

119 

89 

41 

869 

15 

1,205 

  

134 

  

76 

22 

  

108 

  

1,411 

  

342 

  

1,753 

  

(31)

  

153 

510 

 

Note:

(1)

These tables show the Group’s exposure, by country of incorporation of the counterparty, at 30 September 2013, except exposures to individuals and governments which are shown by country of residence. Countries shown are those where the Group’s balance sheet exposure (as defined in this section) to counterparties incorporated (or individuals residing) within them exceeded £1 billion and countries had ratings of A+ or below from Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch at 30 September 2013, as well as selected eurozone countries. The exposures are stated before taking into account risk mitigants, such as guarantees, insurance or collateral (with the exception of reverse repos) which may have been put in place to reduce or eliminate exposure to country risk events. Exposures relating to ocean-going vessels are not included as they cannot be meaningfully assigned to specific countries from a country risk perspective. For a description of the governance, monitoring and management of the Group’s country risk framework and definitions, refer to pages 213 and 214 of the Group’s 2012 Form 20-F.

 

105

 

 


 

 

Risk and balance sheet management

 

 

Country risk: Summary tables (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

Lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CDS

  

  

  

Debt securities

  

Off-

  

  

notional

Govt

Central

Other

Other

Corporate

Personal

Total

  

Of which

AFS

HFT

Net

Balance

balance

Total

  

less fair

Gross

banks

banks

FI

lending

Non-Core

and LAR

(net)

Derivatives

Repos

sheet

sheet

exposure

  

value

Derivatives

Repos

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

  

£m

  

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ireland

42 

73 

98 

532 

17,921 

17,893 

36,559 

  

9,506 

  

424 

363 

  

1,692 

579 

  

39,617 

  

2,958 

  

42,575 

  

(137)

  

17,066 

7,994 

Spain

59 

4,260 

340 

4,666 

  

2,759 

  

4,871 

503 

  

1,754 

  

11,794 

  

1,624 

  

13,418 

  

(375)

  

5,694 

610 

Italy

21 

200 

218 

1,392 

23 

1,863 

  

900 

  

977 

630 

  

2,297 

  

5,767 

  

2,616 

  

8,383 

  

(492)

  

9,597 

Portugal

336 

343 

  

251 

  

180 

35 

  

514 

  

1,072 

  

258 

  

1,330 

  

(94)

  

618 

26 

Greece

179 

14 

201 

  

68 

  

  

360 

  

562 

  

27 

  

589 

  

(4)

  

623 

Cyprus

274 

15 

291 

  

121 

  

  

35 

  

330 

  

47 

  

377 

  

  

54 

15 

Germany

20,018 

660 

460 

3,756 

83 

24,977 

  

2,817 

  

9,263 

3,500 

  

9,476 

323 

  

47,539 

  

7,294 

  

54,833 

  

(1,333)

  

57,202 

8,407 

Netherlands

1,822 

496 

1,785 

3,720 

26 

7,856 

  

2,002 

  

7,800 

647 

  

9,089 

354 

  

25,746 

  

11,473 

  

37,219 

  

(1,470)

  

23,957 

10,057 

France

494 

2,498 

124 

2,426 

71 

5,622 

  

1,621 

  

2,242 

3,581 

  

7,422 

450 

  

19,317 

  

9,460 

  

28,777 

  

(2,197)

  

44,920 

14,324 

Luxembourg

13 

99 

717 

1,817 

2,650 

  

973 

  

59 

192 

  

1,462 

145 

  

4,508 

  

2,190 

  

6,698 

  

(306)

  

3,157 

5,166 

Belgium

186 

249 

414 

22 

871 

  

368 

  

844 

564 

  

3,140 

50 

  

5,469 

  

1,308 

  

6,777 

  

(233)

  

4,961 

1,256 

Other

126 

19 

90 

856 

14 

1,105 

  

88 

  

576 

666 

  

1,737 

11 

  

4,095 

  

1,269 

  

5,364 

  

(194)

  

6,029 

2,325 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

                                                                           

Other countries

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Japan

832 

315 

193 

319 

15 

1,674 

  

123 

  

1,548 

4,890 

  

2,883 

199 

  

11,194 

  

622 

  

11,816 

  

(70)

  

13,269 

16,350 

India

100 

1,021 

48 

2,628 

106 

3,903 

  

170 

  

683 

391 

  

64 

  

5,041 

  

914 

  

5,955 

  

(43)

  

167 

108 

China

183 

829 

48 

585 

29 

1,676 

  

33 

  

201 

61 

  

903 

94 

  

2,935 

  

739 

  

3,674 

  

50 

  

903 

3,833 

South Korea

22 

771 

71 

289 

1,155 

  

  

144 

163 

  

221 

30 

  

1,713 

  

704 

  

2,417 

  

(60)

  

616 

449 

Brazil

950 

125 

1,078 

  

60 

  

14 

582 

  

73 

  

1,747 

  

189 

  

1,936 

  

393 

  

85 

Russia

53 

848 

14 

494 

55 

1,464 

  

56 

  

160 

249 

  

23 

  

1,896 

  

391 

  

2,287 

  

(254)

  

23 

Turkey

115 

163 

82 

94 

928 

12 

1,394 

  

258 

  

56 

125 

  

93 

  

1,668 

  

481 

  

2,149 

  

(36)

  

114 

449 

                                                       

106

 

 


 

 

Risk factors

 

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are unchanged from those disclosed on pages 459 to 471 of the 2012 Form 20-F, however the operational, legal and regulatory landscape in which the Group operates has continued to evolve since the 2012  Form 20-F was approved and since the 2013 Form 6-K were approved in August. Set out in further detail below is the Summary of our Principal Risks and Uncertainties. The Group is amending the risk factor relating to the execution of its strategic plan (see below) as a result of the actions announced on 1 November 2013.

 

Summary of our Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Set out below is a summary of certain risks which could adversely affect the Group. These should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. The summary should be read in conjunction with the Risk and balance sheet management section on pages 66 to 252 of the 2012 Form 20-F , which also includes a fuller description of these and other risk factors.

 

The Group’s businesses, earnings and financial condition have been and will continue to be negatively affected by global economic conditions, the instability in the global financial markets and increased competition and political risks including proposed referenda on Scottish independence and UK membership of the EU. Together with a perceived increased risk of default on the sovereign debt of certain European countries and unprecedented stresses on the financial system within the Eurozone, these factors have resulted in significant changes in market conditions including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and other market factors and consequent changes in asset valuations.

 

 

The actual or perceived failure or worsening credit of the Group’s counterparties or borrowers and depressed asset valuations resulting from poor market conditions have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect the Group.

 

 

The Group’s ability to meet its obligations including its funding commitments depends on the Group’s ability to access sources of liquidity and funding. The inability to access liquidity and funding due to market conditions or otherwise could adversely affect the Group’s financial condition. Furthermore, the Group’s borrowing costs and its access to the debt capital markets and other sources of liquidity depend significantly on its and the UK Government’s credit ratings.

 

 

The Group is subject to a number of regulatory initiatives which may adversely affect its business, including the UK Government’s implementation of the final recommendations of the Independent Commission on Banking’s final report on competition and structural reforms in the UK banking industry the US Federal Reserve’s proposal for applying US capital, liquidity and enhanced prudential standards to certain of the Group’s US operations.

 

 

The Group’s business performance, financial condition and capital and liquidity ratios could be adversely affected if its capital is not managed effectively or as a result of changes to capital adequacy and liquidity requirements, including those arising out of Basel III implementation (globally or by European or UK authorities), or if the Group is unable to issue Contingent B Shares to HM Treasury under certain circumstances.

107

 

 


 

 

Risk factors

 

Summary of our Principal Risks and Uncertainties (continued)

As a result of the UK Government’s majority shareholding in the Group it can, and in the future may decide to, exercise a significant degree of influence over the Group including on dividend policy, modifying or cancelling contracts or limiting the Group’s operations. The offer or sale by the UK Government of all or a portion of its shareholding in the company could affect the market price of the equity shares and other securities and acquisitions of ordinary shares by the UK Government (including through conversions of other securities or further purchases of shares) may result in the delisting of the Group from the Official List.

 

 

The Group or any of its UK bank subsidiaries may face the risk of full nationalisation or other resolution procedures and various actions could be taken by or on behalf of the UK Government, including actions in relation to any securities issued, new or existing contractual arrangements and transfers of part or all of the Group’s businesses.

 

 

The Group is subject to substantial regulation and oversight, and any significant regulatory or legal developments could have an adverse effect on how the Group conducts its business and on its results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the Group is, and may be, subject to litigation and regulatory investigations that may impact its business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

 

The Group could fail to attract or retain senior management, which may include members of the Group Board, or other key employees, and it may suffer if it does not maintain good employee relations.

 

 

Operational and reputational risks are inherent in the Group’s businesses.

 

 

The value of certain financial instruments recorded at fair value is determined using financial models incorporating assumptions, judgements and estimates that may change over time or may ultimately not turn out to be accurate.

 

 

Any significant developments in regulatory or tax legislation could have an effect on how the Group conducts its business and on its results of operations and financial condition, and the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets recognised by the Group is subject to uncertainty.

 

 

The Group may be required to make contributions to its pension schemes and government compensation schemes, either of which may have an adverse impact on the Group’s results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

 

108

 

 


 

 

Risk factors

 

The Group is amending the risk factor relating to its ability to execute its strategic plan as a result of the new actions announced on 1 November 2013.

 

The Group’s ability to implement its new strategic plan and achieve its capital goals depends on the success of the Group's refocus on its core strengths and its plans to further strengthen its balance sheet and capital position

Since the global economic and financial crisis that began in 2008 and the changed global economic outlook, the Group has been engaged in a financial and core business restructuring which focused on achieving appropriate risk-adjusted returns under these changed circumstances, reducing reliance on wholesale funding and lowering exposure to capital-intensive businesses. A key part of the restructuring programme announced in February 2009 was to run-down and sell the Group’s non-core assets and businesses and the continued review of the Group’s portfolio to identify further disposals of certain non-core assets and businesses. Assets identified for this purpose and allocated to the Group’s Non-Core division totalled £258 billion, excluding derivatives, at 31 December 2008. By 30 September 2013, this total had reduced to £37.3 billion (31 December 2012 - £57.4 billion), excluding derivatives, as further progress was made in business disposals and portfolio sales during the course of 2013. This balance sheet reduction programme continues alongside the disposals under the State Aid restructuring plan approved by the European Commission. During 2012 the Group implemented changes to its wholesale banking operations, including the reorganisation of its wholesale businesses and the exit and downsizing of selected existing activities (including cash equities, corporate banking, equity capital markets, and mergers and acquisitions).

 

During Q3 2013, the Group has worked with HM Treasury as part of its assessment of the merits of creating an external “bad” bank to hold certain assets of the Group. Although the review concluded that the establishment of an external “bad bank” was not in the best interests of all stakeholders, the Group has committed to take a series of actions to further de-risk its business and strengthen its capital position. These actions include:

The creation of an internal “bad bank” to manage the run-down of problem assets projected to be £38 billion by the end of 2013, with the goal of removing  55-70% of these assets over the next two years with a clear aspiration to remove all these assets from the balance sheet in three years; and

 

 

Lifting our capital targets including by:

 

accelerating the divestment of Citizens, the Group’s US banking subsidiary, with a partial initial public offering now planned for 2014, and full divestment of the business intended by the end of 2016;

 

intensifying management actions to reduce risk weighted assets.

 

In addition to the actions above, the Group has also announced today that it is undertaking a full review of the Group’s Customer-facing businesses, IT and operations and its organisational and decision-making structures to develop detailed plans on how the Group can realign its cost base with a target of reducing our cost:income percentage into the mid 50s, down from 65% currently. The outcome of this review will be announced at the time of the Group’s 2013 year-end results in February 2014 The outcome of such review could result in additional actions to those identified above, including asset sales, restructuring of businesses and other similar actions.

 

109

 

 


 

 

Risk factors

 

Because the ability to dispose of businesses and assets and the price achieved for such disposals will be dependent on prevailing economic and market conditions, which remain volatile, there is no assurance that the Group will be able to sell or run-down (as applicable) the businesses it has planned to sell or exit or asset portfolios it is seeking to sell either on favourable economic terms to the Group or at all. Material tax or other contingent liabilities could arise on the disposal or run-down of assets or businesses and there is no assurance that any conditions precedent agreed will be satisfied, or consents and approvals required will be obtained in a timely manner, or at all. There is consequently a risk that the Group may fail to complete such disposals within time frames envisaged by the Group.

 

The Group may be exposed to deteriorations in businesses or portfolios being sold between the announcement of the disposal and its completion, which period may be lengthy and may span many months. In addition, the Group may be exposed to certain risks, including risks arising out of ongoing liabilities and obligations, breaches of covenants, representations and warranties, indemnity claims, transitional services arrangements and redundancy or other transaction related costs.

 

The occurrence of any of the risks described above could negatively affect the Group’s ability to implement its new strategic plan and achieve its capital targets and could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

110

 

 


 

 

Additional information

 

Share information

 

30 September 

2013 

30 June 

2013 

31 December 

2012 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share price

359.9p 

273.5p 

324.5p 

 

 

 

 

Number of ordinary shares in issue

6,186m 

6,121m 

6,071m 

 

The following table shows the Group’s issued and fully paid share capital, owners’ equity and indebtedness on an unaudited consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as at 30 September 2013.

 

As at 
30 September 

 2013 

 

£m 

 

 

Share capital - allotted, called up and fully paid

 

Ordinary shares of £1

6,186 

B shares of £0.01

510 

Dividend access share of £0.01

Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01

Non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01

Non-cumulative preference shares of £1

 

 

 

6,697 

Retained income and other reserves

60,971 

 

 

Owners’ equity

67,668 

 

 

Group indebtedness

 

Subordinated liabilities

23,720 

Debt securities in issue

71,781 

 

 

Total indebtedness

95,501 

 

 

Total capitalisation and indebtedness

163,169 

 

Under IFRS, certain preference shares are classified as debt and are included in subordinated liabilities in the table above.

The information contained in the tables above has not changed materially since 30 September 2013.

 

111

 

 


 

 

Additional information

 

Other financial data

 

Nine months  ended 

30 September 

2013(5)

Year ended 31 December

2012

2011

2010 

2009

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets (1)

(0.02%)

(0.42%)

(0.13%)

(0.07%)

(0.18%)

(1.19%)

Return on average ordinary and B
  shareholders’ equity (2)

(0.5%)

(8.9%)

(2.9%)

(0.7%)

(7.2%)

(50.1%)

Average owners’ equity as a percentage of
  average total assets

5.5% 

5.1%

4.9%

4.6%

2.8%

2.9%

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges

  and preference share dividends (3,4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - including interest on deposits

1.09 

0.29 

0.87 

0.97 

0.73 

0.02 

  - excluding interest on deposits

1.39 

(2.94)

(0.17)

0.67 

(0.44)

(8.06)

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges only (3,4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - including interest on deposits

1.16 

0.30 

0.87 

0.98 

0.78 

0.02 

  - excluding interest on deposits

1.84 

(3.71)

(0.17)

0.78 

(0.66)

(10.06)

 

Notes:

(1)

Return on average total assets represents (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary and B shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.

(2)

Return on average ordinary and B shareholders' equity represents (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary and B shareholders expressed as a percentage of average ordinary and B shareholders' equity.

(3)

For this purpose, earnings consist of income before tax and non-controlling interests, plus fixed charges less the unremitted income of associated undertakings (share of profits less dividends received). Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits and debt securities in issue, as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor (one third of total rental expenses).

(4)

The earnings for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, were inadequate to cover total fixed charges and preference share dividends. The coverage deficiency for total fixed charges and preference share dividends for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were £5,453 million, £1,190 million, £278 million, £3,951 million and £27,051 million, respectively. The coverage deficiency for fixed charges for the years ended 31 December 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were £5,165 million, £1,190 million, £154 million, £3,016 million and £26,455 million, respectively

(5)

Based on unaudited numbers.

112

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Appendix 1

 

Risk management supplement

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

 

Page 

 

 

Capital and leverage ratios

  CRR capital estimate

  CRR leverage estimate

Credit risk

Loans and related credit metrics

  Loans, REIL, provisions and impairments

  Sector and geographical regional analyses

  REIL flow statement

14 

  Impairment provisions flow statement

16 

  Impairment charge analysis

19 

  Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core)

20 

Debt securities: AFS reserves by issuer

22 

1

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

Capital and leverage ratios

 

CRR capital estimate

A reconciliation between capital as reported under IFRS and capital computed in accordance with the Capital Requirements Regulations (CRR) is set out below.

 

Although the CRR text has been finalised, many of the related technical standards (RTS) are still draft. The finalisation of these could have a material impact in a number of areas such as the scope of the deduction for insignificant financial holdings.

 

The ‘year 1 transitional basis’ applies the rules as if 2013 was year 1 of the transition period. The full basis shows the same calculation based on a complete implementation of CRR. This is based on the Group’s current interpretation of the final text of the CRR, as published on 27 June 2013, and the draft RTSs.

 

In the first year of transition, the regulatory adjustments will be calculated under the new rules. The CRR deductions are determined by applying the transitional percentage (20% in year 1)(1). The residual balance will be deducted according to the current rules, except where the PRA has specified a different treatment.

 

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Current

Transitional

Full

  

Current

Transitional

Full

 basis 

basis

basis

 basis 

basis

basis

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Common Equity Tier (CET) 1 capital

£47.5bn

£53.1bn

£41.1bn

  

£47.3bn

£54.0bn

£37.9bn

RWAs

£410.0bn

£452.5bn

£452.5bn

  

£459.6bn

£494.6bn

£494.6bn

  

11.6%

11.7%

9.1%

  

10.3%

10.9%

7.7%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note:

(1)

The PRA issued its consultative paper on implementing CRD IV (CP5/13) in August 2013. Under the draft proposals, there would be no transition in respect of the changes to the prudential filters and deductions from Common Equity Tier 1. These proposals if fully implemented will come into effect from 1 January 2014.

 

2

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Capital and leverage ratios (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Current

Transitional

Full

  

Current

Transitional

Full

basis

basis

basis

  

basis

basis

basis

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET1 capital: instruments and reserves

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital instruments and related share premium

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - ordinary shares

31,794 

31,794 

31,794 

  

30,864 

30,864 

30,864 

  - B shares (1)

510 

510 

510 

  

510 

510 

Retained earnings including current period loss

10,144 

10,144 

10,144 

  

10,596 

10,596 

10,596 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

25,220 

25,220 

25,220 

  

26,160 

26,160 

26,160 

Less innovative issues moved to Additional Tier 1 (AT1)

(979)

(979)

(979)

  

(431)

(431)

(431)

  capital

Less preference shares moved to AT1 capital

(4,313)

(4,313)

(4,313)

  

(4,313)

(4,313)

(4,313)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests per accounting balance sheet

462 

370 

  

2,318 

2,318 

2,318 

Less innovative issues moved to AT1 capital

  

(548)

(548)

(548)

Less minority interest deconsolidated

  

(1,367)

(1,367)

(1,770)

Minority interests allowable

462 

370 

  

403 

403 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET1 (before regulatory adjustments)

62,838 

62,746 

62,376 

  

63,789 

63,789 

62,876 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET1: regulatory adjustments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Additional value adjustments (2)

(1,150)

(1,150)

  

(310)

(310)

Intangible assets (net of related tax liability)

(13,742)

(2,744)

(13,720)

  

(13,545)

(13,956)

Deferred tax assets (3)

(229)

(2,289)

  

(323)

(3,231)

Cash flow hedges - fair value

(447)

(447)

(447)

  

(1,666)

(1,666)

(1,666)

Excess of expected loss over impairment provisions (4)

(1,801)

(819)

(4,094)

  

(1,904)

(6,154)

Own credit adjustments on fair valued liabilities (5)

762 

729 

598 

  

691 

691 

493 

Defined benefit pension fund assets

667 

(143)

(143)

  

913 

(144)

(144)

Securitisation positions

(889)

  

(1,107)

Unrealised gains and losses

252 

202 

  

346 

346 

Of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - unrealised losses on AFS debt securities

358 

287 

  

409 

409 

  - unrealised gains on AFS equity shares

(106)

(85)

  

(63)

(63)

Other adjustments for regulatory purposes

(115)

(61)

(61)

  

(197)

Qualifying exceeding AT1 capital (6)

(4,958)

  

(8,420)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET1 (total regulatory adjustments)

(15,313)

(9,620)

(21,306)

  

(16,469)

(9,826)

(24,968)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET1 capital

47,525 

53,126 

41,070 

  

47,320 

53,963 

37,908 

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 5.

3

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Capital and leverage ratios (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

Current

Transitional

Full

  

Current

Transitional

Full

 basis 

basis

basis

 basis 

basis

basis

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AT1 capital: instruments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital instruments and related share premium

5,074 

  

5,075 

Qualifying Tier 1 capital and related share premium

4,196 

4,409 

  

4,125 

4,571 

 subject to phase out from AT1 capital

Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

292 

3,247 

  

292 

4,042 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AT1 capital (before regulatory adjustments)

9,562 

7,656 

  

9,492 

8,613 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AT1: regulatory adjustments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deductions from AT1 capital during the transition

(12,614)

  

(17,033)

  - intangible assets

(10,976)

  

(13,956)

  - excess of expected loss over impairment provisions

(1,638)

  

(3,077)

Other Basel II regulatory adjustments

(457)

  

323 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AT1 (total regulatory adjustments)

(457)

(12,614)

  

323 

(17,033)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AT1 capital

9,105 

(4,958)

  

9,815 

(8,420)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Qualifying deductions exceeding AT1 capital (6)

4,958 

  

8,420 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital (7)

56,630 

53,126 

41,070 

  

57,135 

53,963 

37,908 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisions

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital instruments and related share premium

13,999 

  

15,614 

Qualifying items and related share premium

1,006 

5,025 

  

2,774 

7,292 

Qualifying own funds instruments issued by

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  subsidiaries and held by third parties

12,080 

9,362 

  

12,605 

5,185 

Unrealised gains on AFS equity shares

106 

  

63 

Credit risk adjustments (8)

386 

  

399 

399 

399 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 capital (before regulatory adjustments)

14,491 

13,086 

14,387 

  

16,076 

15,778 

12,876 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 regulatory adjustments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residual amounts deducted during the transition

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - excess of expected loss over impairment provisions

(1,637)

  

(3,077)

Other Basel II regulatory adjustments

(4,239)

  

(3,924)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 (total regulatory adjustments)

(4,239)

(1,637)

  

(3,924)

(3,077)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 capital

10,252 

11,449 

14,387 

  

12,152 

12,701 

12,876 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total deductions

(248)

  

(2,487)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total capital

66,634 

64,575 

55,457 

  

66,800 

66,664 

50,784 

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 5.

4

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

Capital and leverage ratios (continued) 

 

Flow statement (CRR)

The table below analyses the movement in CET1 and Tier 2 capital during the nine months ended 30 September 2013.

 

CET1

Tier 2

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

37,908 

12,876 

50,784 

Attributable loss net of movements in fair value of own credit

(188)

(188)

Share capital and reserve movements in respect of employee share schemes

256 

256 

Ordinary shares issued

205 

205 

Nominal value of B shares

510 

510 

Available-for-sale reserve

(94)

(94)

Foreign exchange reserve

110 

243 

353 

Increase in goodwill and intangibles

236 

236 

Deferred tax assets (DTAs)

942 

942 

Excess of expected loss over impairment provisions

2,060 

2,060 

Grandfathered instruments under CRR text

3,096 

3,096 

Dated subordinated debt issues

652 

652 

Dated subordinated debt maturities, redemptions and amortisation

(2,293)

(2,293)

Additional value adjustments (AVA)

(840)

(840)

Other movements

(35)

(187)

(222)

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2013

41,070 

14,387 

55,457 

 

Notes:

General:

Estimates, including RWAs, are based on the current interpretation, expectations, and understanding of the proposed CRR requirements, anticipated compliance with all necessary enhancements to model calibration and other refinements, as well as further regulatory clarity and implementation guidance from the UK and EU authorities. The actual CRR impact may differ from these estimates due to the finalisation of the technical standards and interpretive issues.

Capital base:

(1)

Includes the nominal value of B shares (£0.5 billion) on the assumption that RBS will be privatised in the future and that they will count as permanent equity in some form by the end of 2017.

(2)

The AVA, arising from the application of the prudent valuation requirements to all assets measured at fair value, has been included in full in year one of transition in line with the guidance from the PRA and uses methodology discussed with the PRA pending the issue of the final RTS by the European Banking Authority.

(3)

The PRA requires firms to take a CET1 deduction in year one of transition equal to 10% of the DTAs which do not relate to temporary differences. The netting of deferred tax liabilities against DTAs reflects our interpretation of the final CRR text.

(4)

In our current interpretation of the CRR final rules, we have assumed that incurred CVA will be counted as eligible provisions in the determination of the deduction for expected losses.

(5)

The own credit risk adjustment for derivative liabilities (the debit valuation adjustment) is assumed to transition on the same basis as other regulatory changes (20% in year one of transition).

(6)

Where the deductions from AT1 capital exceed AT1 capital, the excess is deducted from CET1 capital. The excess of AT1 deductions over AT1 capital in year 1 transition is due to the application of the current rules to the transitional amounts.

(7)

Should the draft RTS relating to maturity restrictions on hedging be implemented without amendment, the full CRR CET1 capital position would reduce by c.£1.5 billion for insignificant investments based on our estimate of current positions. The Group has already announced its intention to exit the equities businesses as part of Markets strategy; this will reduce positions to the extent that no deduction will be required. However there could be a modest short-term impact on the Group’s transitional ratio.

(8)

Based on our current interpretations of the final draft of the RTS on credit risk adjustments, issued in July 2013, the Group’s standardised latent provision has been reclassified to specific provision and is therefore no longer included in Tier 2 capital.

Risk-weighted assets:

(1)

Current securitisation positions are shown as RWAs risk weighted at 1,250%.

(2)

RWA uplifts include the impact of credit valuation adjustments and asset valuation correlation on banks and central counterparties.

(3)

RWAs assume implementation of the full internal model method suite, that existing waivers will continue and includes methodology changes that take effect immediately on CRR implementation.

(4)

Non-financial counterparties and sovereigns that meet the eligibility criteria under CRR are exempt from the CVA volatility charges.

(5)

The CRR final text includes a reduction in the risk weight relating to SMEs.

 

5

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

Capital and leverage ratios (continued) 

 

CRR leverage estimate

The Group monitors and reports an internationally recognised leverage definition (assets/equity) based on funded tangible assets (total assets minus derivatives and intangible assets) divided by qualifying regulatory Tier 1 capital.

 

The Basel III agreement introduced a leverage ratio as a non-risk based backstop limit intended to supplement the risk-based capital requirements. It aims to constrain the build up of excess leverage in the banking sector, introducing additional safeguards against model risk and measurement errors.

 

On 19 March 2013, the Financial Policy Committee (FPC) of the Bank of England instructed the PRA to ensure that the major UK banks hold resources equivalent to at least 7% of RWAs by the end 2013 after reflecting adjustments recommended by the FPC. The PRA statement of 20 June 2013, indicated that meeting the 7% RWA capital standard will be sufficient for leverage ratios to be no less than 3%. The Group’s estimated leverage ratios under both the CRR and Basel III texts are above 3%.

 

The leverage ratio set out below is based on:

Tier 1 capital as set out in the final CRR text; and

 

 

Exposure measure calculated using the final CRR text as well as the December 2010 Basel III text; further specificity being sourced from the instructions in the July 2012 Quantitative Impact Study and the related Frequently Asked Questions.

 

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

Leverage ratio

  

Tier 1

Leverage

  

  

  

Tier 1

Leverage

  

Exposure

 capital 

Leverage

Exposure

 capital 

Leverage

£bn

£bn

%

£bn

£bn

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets/equity basis:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

792.0 

56.6 

14x

7.1 

  

856.9 

57.1 

15x

6.7 

Tangible equity leverage ratio (1)

792.0 

48.6 

16x

6.1 

  

856.9 

49.8 

17x

5.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CRR basis:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transitional measure

1,133.1 

53.1 

21x

4.7 

  

1,205.2 

54.0 

22x

4.5 

Full end point measure

1,131.0 

41.1 

28x

3.6 

  

1,202.3 

37.9 

32x

3.1 

Adjusted end point measure (2)

1,131.0 

50.6 

22x

4.5 

  

1,202.3 

48.0 

25x

4.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basel III basis:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transitional measure

1,172.5 

53.1 

22x

4.5 

  

1,225.8 

54.0 

23x

4.4 

Full end point measure

1,170.4 

41.1 

29x

3.5 

  

1,222.9 

37.9 

32x

3.1 

Adjusted end point measure (2)

1,170.4 

50.6 

23x

4.3 

  

1,222.9 

48.0 

25x

3.9 

 

Notes:

(1)

Tangible equity leverage ratio is total tangible equity divided by total tangible assets (after netting derivatives).

(2)

Adjusted Tier 1 capital includes grandfathered ineligible capital instruments.

6

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Capital and leverage ratios (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

Exposure measure

  

Pro forma

Pro forma

  

  

Pro forma

Pro forma

Assets/

CRR

Basel III

Assets/

CRR

Basel III

equity basis

leverage

 leverage 

equity basis

leverage

 leverage 

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

87.1 

87.1 

87.1 

  

79.3 

79.3 

79.3 

Debt securities

122.9 

122.9 

122.9 

  

157.4 

157.4 

157.4 

Equity shares

10.4 

10.4 

10.4 

  

15.2 

15.2 

15.2 

Derivatives

323.7 

323.7 

323.7 

  

441.9 

441.9 

441.9 

Loans and advances to banks and customers

435.1 

435.1 

435.1 

  

459.3 

459.3 

459.3 

Reverse repurchase agreements and

96.0 

96.0 

96.0 

  

104.8 

104.8 

104.8 

  stock borrowing

Assets of disposal groups

2.4 

2.4 

2.4 

  

14.0 

14.0 

14.0 

Goodwill and intangible assets

13.7 

13.7 

13.7 

  

13.5 

13.5 

13.5 

Other assets

38.1 

38.1 

38.1 

  

26.9 

26.9 

26.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,129.4 

1,129.4 

1,129.4 

  

1,312.3 

1,312.3 

1,312.3 

Netting: derivatives and SFTs (1)

  

(319.6)

(278.9)

  

  

(415.7)

(392.9)

Exclude derivatives

(323.7)

  

  

  

(441.9)

  

  

Regulatory deductions and other adjustments (2)

(13.7)

(7.7)

(7.7)

  

(13.5)

(14.9)

(14.9)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Adjusted total tangible assets

792.0 

  

  

  

856.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Potential future exposure on derivatives (3)

  

142.8 

141.5 

  

  

133.1 

130.9 

Undrawn commitments (4)

  

186.1 

186.1 

  

  

187.5 

187.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

End point leverage exposure measure

  

1,131.0 

1,170.4 

  

  

1,202.3 

1,222.9 

Transitional adjustments to assets

  

2.1 

2.1 

  

  

2.9 

2.9 

  deducted from regulatory Tier 1 capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transitional leverage exposure measure

  

1,133.1 

1,172.5 

  

  

1,205.2 

1,225.8 

 

Notes:

(1)

Under the Basel III view, the balance sheet value is reduced for allowable netting under the Basel II framework (excluding cross-product netting) which mainly relates to cash positions under a master netting agreement. In the CRR calculation, the balance sheet value is replaced with the related regulatory exposure value which has netting of both cash positions and related collateral of securities financing transactions (SFTs).

(2)

Regulatory deductions: to ensure consistency between the numerator and the denominator, items that are deducted from capital are also deducted from total assets (comprising goodwill and intangibles, £13.7 billion (31 December 2012 - £13.5 billion), deferred tax assets, £2.3 billion (31 December 2012 - £3.2 billion), additional valuation adjustments, £1.2 billion (31 December 2012 - £0.3 billion) and cash flow hedge reserves, £0.5 billion (31 December 2012 - £1.7 billion)). Other adjustments reflect the difference between the scope of the regulatory consolidation and the consolidation for financial reporting.

(3)

Potential future exposure on derivatives: the regulatory add-on which is calculated by assigning percentages based on the type of instrument and the residual maturity of the contract to the nominal amounts or underlying values of derivative contracts.

(4)

Undrawn commitments represent regulatory add-ons relating to off-balance sheet undrawn commitments based on a 10% credit conversion factor (CCF) for unconditionally cancellable commitments and 100% of other commitments. Off-balance sheet items comprise:

 

  

  

UK

UK

International

US Retail &

  

  

  

  

 Retail 

Corporate

Banking

Commercial

Markets

Other

Total

  

30 September 2013

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Unconditionally cancellable items

3.1 

0.5 

0.7 

1.8 

0.2 

6.3 

  

Other contingents and commitments

9.9 

34.5 

96.2 

16.9 

9.7 

12.6 

179.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

13.0 

35.0 

96.9 

18.7 

9.7 

12.8 

186.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Unconditionally cancellable items

3.0 

0.5 

0.8 

1.8 

0.6 

6.7 

  

Other contingents and commitments

9.3 

33.9 

102.6 

15.6 

12.3 

7.1 

180.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12.3 

34.4 

103.4 

17.4 

12.3 

7.7 

187.5 

 

 

International Banking facilities are primarily undrawn facilities to large multinational corporations, many of which are domiciled in the UK.

7

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

Credit risk

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Loans, REIL, provisions and impairments  

Sector and geographical regional analyses - Group

The tables below analyse gross loans and advances to banks and customers (excluding reverse repos) and related credit metrics by sector and geography (by location of lending office) for Group, Core and Non-Core.

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

30 September 2013

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

Amounts

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

charge

written-off

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

YTD

YTD

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

8,404 

Finance

36,439 

430 

237 

1.2 

55 

0.7 

(33)

12 

Personal

- mortgages

148,553 

6,237 

1,870 

4.2 

30 

1.3 

323 

319 

  

- unsecured

27,780 

2,497 

2,025 

9.0 

81 

7.3 

356 

666 

Property

64,983 

21,245 

10,323 

32.7 

49 

15.9 

1,540 

1,076 

Construction

7,017 

1,340 

667 

19.1 

50 

9.5 

140 

122 

Manufacturing

22,185 

737 

483 

3.3 

66 

2.2 

95 

84 

Finance leases (2)

14,501 

280 

190 

1.9 

68 

1.3 

103 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

21,601 

1,231 

656 

5.7 

53 

3.0 

111 

105 

Transport and storage

17,777 

1,211 

278 

6.8 

23 

1.6 

95 

154 

Health, education and leisure

16,718 

1,391 

651 

8.3 

47 

3.9 

194 

73 

Hotels and restaurants

7,555 

1,537 

666 

20.3 

43 

8.8 

43 

108 

Utilities

5,770 

260 

109 

4.5 

42 

1.9 

59 

Other

30,123 

1,894 

999 

6.3 

53 

3.3 

148 

290 

Latent

2,198 

217 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

429,406 

40,290 

21,352 

9.4 

53 

5.0 

3,290 

3,113 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

110,120 

2,028 

411 

1.8 

20 

0.4 

57 

113 

  - personal lending

16,778 

2,138 

1,829 

12.7 

86 

10.9 

246 

530 

  - property

47,500 

10,401 

4,185 

21.9 

40 

8.8 

793 

741 

  - construction

5,767 

967 

478 

16.8 

49 

8.3 

119 

121 

  - other

116,709 

3,765 

2,383 

3.2 

63 

2.0 

222 

433 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

17,745 

3,217 

1,311 

18.1 

41 

7.4 

177 

14 

  - personal lending

1,168 

147 

142 

12.6 

97 

12.2 

16 

20 

  - property

13,493 

10,558 

5,993 

78.2 

57 

44.4 

755 

316 

  - construction

910 

331 

174 

36.4 

53 

19.1 

14 

  - other

22,583 

4,585 

3,276 

20.3 

71 

14.5 

633 

420 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

20,374 

966 

142 

4.7 

15 

0.7 

90 

191 

  - personal lending

8,730 

211 

53 

2.4 

25 

0.6 

93 

115 

  - property

3,539 

106 

26 

3.0 

25 

0.7 

(6)

19 

  - construction

309 

34 

11.0 

21 

2.3 

  - other

28,985 

336 

661 

1.2 

197 

2.3 

67 

64 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

314 

26 

8.3 

23 

1.9 

(1)

  - personal lending

1,104 

0.1 

100 

0.1 

  - property

451 

180 

119 

39.9 

66 

26.4 

(2)

  - construction

31 

25.8 

100 

25.8 

  - other

12,796 

285 

147 

2.2 

52 

1.1 

13 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

429,406 

40,290 

21,352 

9.4 

53 

5.0 

3,290 

3,113 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

28,349 

76 

69 

0.3 

91 

0.2 

(9)

40 

                     

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 13.

8

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Group (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

Amounts

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

charge

written-off

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

YTD

YTD

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

9,853 

Finance

42,198 

592 

317 

1.4 

54 

0.8 

145 

380 

Personal

- mortgages

149,625 

6,549 

1,824 

4.4 

28 

1.2 

948 

461 

  

- unsecured

32,212 

2,903 

2,409 

9.0 

83 

7.5 

631 

793 

Property

72,219 

21,223 

9,859 

29.4 

46 

13.7 

2,212 

1,080 

Construction

8,049 

1,483 

640 

18.4 

43 

8.0 

94 

182 

Manufacturing

23,787 

755 

357 

3.2 

47 

1.5 

134 

203 

Finance leases (2)

13,609 

442 

294 

3.2 

67 

2.2 

44 

263 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

21,936 

1,143 

644 

5.2 

56 

2.9 

230 

176 

Transport and storage

18,341 

834 

336 

4.5 

40 

1.8 

289 

102 

Health, education and leisure

16,705 

1,190 

521 

7.1 

44 

3.1 

144 

100 

Hotels and restaurants

7,877 

1,597 

726 

20.3 

45 

9.2 

176 

102 

Utilities

6,631 

118 

21 

1.8 

18 

0.3 

(4)

Other

30,057 

2,177 

1,240 

7.2 

57 

4.1 

323 

395 

Latent

1,960 

(74)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

453,099 

41,006 

21,148 

9.1 

52 

4.7 

5,292 

4,237 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

109,530 

2,440 

457 

2.2 

19 

0.4 

122 

32 

  - personal lending

20,498 

2,477 

2,152 

12.1 

87 

10.5 

479 

610 

  - property

53,730 

10,521 

3,944 

19.6 

37 

7.3 

964 

490 

  - construction

6,507 

1,165 

483 

17.9 

41 

7.4 

100 

158 

  - other

122,029 

3,729 

2,611 

3.1 

70 

2.1 

674 

823 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

17,836 

3,092 

1,151 

17.3 

37 

6.5 

526 

50 

  - personal lending

1,905 

226 

208 

11.9 

92 

10.9 

38 

13 

  - property

14,634 

10,347 

5,766 

70.7 

56 

39.4 

1,264 

441 

  - construction

1,132 

289 

146 

25.5 

51 

12.9 

(11)

12 

  - other

27,424 

4,451 

2,996 

16.2 

67 

10.9 

817 

539 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

21,929 

990 

208 

4.5 

21 

0.9 

298 

377 

  - personal lending

8,748 

199 

48 

2.3 

24 

0.5 

109 

162 

  - property

3,343 

170 

29 

5.1 

17 

0.9 

(11)

83 

  - construction

388 

2.1 

13 

0.3 

12 

  - other

29,354 

352 

630 

1.2 

179 

2.1 

(86)

149 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

330 

27 

8.2 

30 

2.4 

  - personal lending

1,061 

0.1 

100 

0.1 

  - property

512 

185 

120 

36.1 

65 

23.4 

(5)

66 

  - construction

22 

21 

10 

95.5 

48 

45.5 

  - other

12,187 

316 

179 

2.6 

57 

1.5 

210 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

453,099 

41,006 

21,148 

9.1 

52 

4.7 

5,292 

4,237 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

31,394 

134 

114 

0.4 

85 

0.4 

23 

29 

                     

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 13.

9

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

30 September 2013

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

Amounts

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

charge

written-off

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

YTD

YTD

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

7,216 

Finance

35,162 

196 

105 

0.6 

54 

0.3 

Personal

- mortgages

146,393 

6,005 

1,814 

4.1 

30 

1.2 

320 

228 

  

- unsecured

27,405 

2,401 

1,979 

8.8 

82 

7.2 

316 

627 

Property

43,696 

5,569 

1,873 

12.7 

34 

4.3 

519 

335 

Construction

5,563 

738 

378 

13.3 

51 

6.8 

90 

63 

Manufacturing

21,320 

536 

324 

2.5 

60 

1.5 

60 

61 

Finance leases (2)

10,637 

128 

81 

1.2 

63 

0.8 

26 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

20,516 

858 

440 

4.2 

51 

2.1 

92 

93 

Transport and storage

14,318 

735 

83 

5.1 

11 

0.6 

47 

74 

Health, education and leisure

15,898 

902 

402 

5.7 

45 

2.5 

173 

69 

Hotels and restaurants

6,732 

1,007 

435 

15.0 

43 

6.5 

31 

74 

Utilities

4,876 

151 

62 

3.1 

41 

1.3 

59 

Other

28,152 

1,250 

739 

4.4 

59 

2.6 

180 

188 

Latent

1,318 

(45)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

387,884 

20,476 

10,033 

5.3 

49 

2.6 

1,851 

1,843 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

110,120 

2,028 

411 

1.8 

20 

0.4 

56 

112 

  - personal lending

16,748 

2,110 

1,809 

12.6 

86 

10.8 

242 

526 

  - property

35,801 

3,120 

889 

8.7 

28 

2.5 

292 

302 

  - construction

4,746 

619 

318 

13.0 

51 

6.7 

78 

62 

  - other

106,753 

2,941 

1,667 

2.8 

57 

1.6 

271 

321 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

17,540 

3,198 

1,292 

18.2 

40 

7.4 

178 

14 

  - personal lending

1,098 

138 

133 

12.6 

96 

12.1 

10 

18 

  - property

4,315 

2,259 

897 

52.4 

40 

20.8 

242 

28 

  - construction

478 

77 

45 

16.1 

58 

9.4 

  - other

18,783 

2,550 

1,874 

13.6 

73 

10.0 

344 

208 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

18,450 

755 

105 

4.1 

14 

0.6 

87 

101 

  - personal lending

8,470 

152 

36 

1.8 

24 

0.4 

64 

83 

  - property

3,263 

48 

1.5 

13 

0.2 

(15)

  - construction

308 

34 

11.0 

21 

2.3 

  - other

28,178 

225 

413 

0.8 

184 

1.5 

(10)

54 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

283 

24 

8.5 

25 

2.1 

(1)

  - personal lending

1,089 

0.1 

100 

0.1 

  - property

317 

142 

81 

44.8 

57 

25.6 

  - construction

31 

25.8 

100 

25.8 

  - other

11,113 

47 

35 

0.4 

74 

0.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

387,884 

20,476 

10,033 

5.3 

49 

2.6 

1,851 

1,843 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

27,922 

75 

68 

0.3 

91 

0.2 

(9)

40 

                     

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 13.

10

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Core (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

Amounts

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

charge

written-off

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

YTD

YTD

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

8,485 

Finance

39,658 

185 

149 

0.5 

81 

0.4 

54 

338 

Personal

- mortgages

146,770 

6,229 

1,691 

4.2 

27 

1.2 

786 

234 

  

- unsecured

30,366 

2,717 

2,306 

8.9 

85 

7.6 

568 

718 

Property

43,602 

4,672 

1,674 

10.7 

36 

3.8 

748 

214 

Construction

6,020 

757 

350 

12.6 

46 

5.8 

119 

60 

Manufacturing

22,234 

496 

225 

2.2 

45 

1.0 

118 

63 

Finance leases (2)

9,201 

159 

107 

1.7 

67 

1.2 

35 

41 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

20,842 

791 

439 

3.8 

55 

2.1 

181 

129 

Transport and storage

14,590 

440 

112 

3.0 

25 

0.8 

72 

21 

Health, education and leisure

15,770 

761 

299 

4.8 

39 

1.9 

109 

67 

Hotels and restaurants

6,891 

1,042 

473 

15.1 

45 

6.9 

138 

56 

Utilities

5,131 

10 

0.2 

50 

0.1 

Other

26,315 

1,374 

794 

5.2 

58 

3.0 

190 

175 

Latent

1,325 

(146)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

395,875 

19,633 

9,949 

5.0 

51 

2.5 

2,972 

2,116 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

109,511 

2,440 

457 

2.2 

19 

0.4 

122 

32 

  - personal lending

19,562 

2,454 

2,133 

12.5 

87 

10.9 

474 

594 

  - property

35,532 

2,777 

896 

7.8 

32 

2.5 

395 

181 

  - construction

5,101 

671 

301 

13.2 

45 

5.9 

109 

47 

  - other

108,713 

2,662 

1,737 

2.4 

65 

1.6 

499 

379 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

17,446 

3,060 

1,124 

17.5 

37 

6.4 

521 

24 

  - personal lending

1,540 

143 

138 

9.3 

97 

9.0 

29 

11 

  - property

4,896 

1,652 

685 

33.7 

41 

14.0 

350 

  - construction

513 

60 

39 

11.7 

65 

7.6 

10 

  - other

22,218 

2,280 

1,711 

10.3 

75 

7.7 

362 

267 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

19,483 

702 

102 

3.6 

15 

0.5 

141 

176 

  - personal lending

8,209 

119 

34 

1.4 

29 

0.4 

65 

112 

  - property

2,847 

112 

13 

3.9 

12 

0.5 

27 

  - construction

384 

1.3 

  - other

28,267 

252 

432 

0.9 

171 

1.5 

(111)

90 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

330 

27 

8.2 

30 

2.4 

  - personal lending

1,055 

0.1 

100 

0.1 

  - property

327 

131 

80 

40.1 

61 

24.5 

  - construction

22 

21 

10 

95.5 

48 

45.5 

  - other

9,919 

64 

48 

0.6 

75 

0.5 

154 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

395,875 

19,633 

9,949 

5.0 

51 

2.5 

2,972 

2,116 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

28,881 

133 

113 

0.5 

85 

0.4 

23 

29 

                     

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 13.

11

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

30 September 2013

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

Amounts

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

charge

written-off

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

YTD

YTD

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

1,188 

Finance

1,277 

234 

132 

18.3 

56 

10.3 

(36)

Personal

- mortgages

2,160 

232 

56 

10.7 

24 

2.6 

91 

  

- unsecured

375 

96 

46 

25.6 

48 

12.3 

40 

39 

Property

21,287 

15,676 

8,450 

73.6 

54 

39.7 

1,021 

741 

Construction

1,454 

602 

289 

41.4 

48 

19.9 

50 

59 

Manufacturing

865 

201 

159 

23.2 

79 

18.4 

35 

23 

Finance leases (2)

3,864 

152 

109 

3.9 

72 

2.8 

(4)

77 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

1,085 

373 

216 

34.4 

58 

19.9 

19 

12 

Transport and storage

3,459 

476 

195 

13.8 

41 

5.6 

48 

80 

Health, education and leisure

820 

489 

249 

59.6 

51 

30.4 

21 

Hotels and restaurants

823 

530 

231 

64.4 

44 

28.1 

12 

34 

Utilities

894 

109 

47 

12.2 

43 

5.3 

Other

1,971 

644 

260 

32.7 

40 

13.2 

(32)

102 

Latent

880 

262 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

41,522 

19,814 

11,319 

47.7 

57 

27.3 

1,439 

1,270 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

  - personal lending

30 

28 

20 

93.3 

71 

66.7 

  - property

11,699 

7,281 

3,296 

62.2 

45 

28.2 

501 

439 

  - construction

1,021 

348 

160 

34.1 

46 

15.7 

41 

59 

  - other

9,956 

824 

716 

8.3 

87 

7.2 

(49)

112 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

205 

19 

19 

9.3 

100 

9.3 

(1)

  - personal lending

70 

12.9 

100 

12.9 

  - property

9,178 

8,299 

5,096 

90.4 

61 

55.5 

513 

288 

  - construction

432 

254 

129 

58.8 

51 

29.9 

10 

  - other

3,800 

2,035 

1,402 

53.6 

69 

36.9 

289 

212 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

1,924 

211 

37 

11.0 

18 

1.9 

90 

  - personal lending

260 

59 

17 

22.7 

29 

6.5 

29 

32 

  - property

276 

58 

20 

21.0 

34 

7.2 

14 

  - construction

(1)

  - other

807 

111 

248 

13.8 

223 

30.7 

77 

10 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

31 

6.5 

  - personal lending

15 

  - property

134 

38 

38 

28.4 

100 

28.4 

(2)

  - other

1,683 

238 

112 

14.1 

47 

6.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

41,522 

19,814 

11,319 

47.7 

57 

27.3 

1,439 

1,270 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

427 

0.2 

100 

0.2 

                     

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 13.

12

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Sector and geographical regional analyses - Non-Core (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

Amounts

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of 

charge

written-off

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans 

YTD

YTD

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (1)

1,368 

Finance

2,540 

407 

168 

16.0 

41 

6.6 

91 

42 

Personal

- mortgages

2,855 

320 

133 

11.2 

42 

4.7 

162 

227 

  

- unsecured

965 

186 

103 

19.3 

55 

10.7 

63 

75 

Property

28,617 

16,551 

8,185 

57.8 

49 

28.6 

1,464 

866 

Construction

2,029 

726 

290 

35.8 

40 

14.3 

(25)

122 

Manufacturing

1,553 

259 

132 

16.7 

51 

8.5 

16 

140 

Finance leases (2)

4,408 

283 

187 

6.4 

66 

4.2 

222 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

1,094 

352 

205 

32.2 

58 

18.7 

49 

47 

Transport and storage

3,751 

394 

224 

10.5 

57 

6.0 

217 

81 

Health, education and leisure

935 

429 

222 

45.9 

52 

23.7 

35 

33 

Hotels and restaurants

986 

555 

253 

56.3 

46 

25.7 

38 

46 

Utilities

1,500 

108 

16 

7.2 

15 

1.1 

(4)

Other

3,742 

803 

446 

21.5 

56 

11.9 

133 

220 

Latent

635 

72 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

56,343 

21,373 

11,199 

37.9 

52 

19.9 

2,320 

2,121 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

19 

  - personal lending

55 

23 

19 

41.8 

83 

34.5 

16 

  - property

18,198 

7,744 

3,048 

42.6 

39 

16.7 

569 

309 

  - construction

1,406 

494 

182 

35.1 

37 

12.9 

(9)

111 

  - other

13,316 

1,067 

874 

8.0 

82 

6.6 

175 

444 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

390 

32 

27 

8.2 

84 

6.9 

26 

  - personal lending

365 

83 

70 

22.7 

84 

19.2 

  - property

9,738 

8,695 

5,081 

89.3 

58 

52.2 

914 

435 

  - construction

619 

229 

107 

37.0 

47 

17.3 

(15)

  - other

5,206 

2,171 

1,285 

41.7 

59 

24.7 

455 

272 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

2,446 

288 

106 

11.8 

37 

4.3 

157 

201 

  - personal lending

539 

80 

14 

14.8 

18 

2.6 

44 

50 

  - property

496 

58 

16 

11.7 

28 

3.2 

(14)

56 

  - construction

75.0 

33 

25.0 

(1)

  - other

1,087 

100 

198 

9.2 

198 

18.2 

25 

59 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - personal lending

  - property

185 

54 

40 

29.2 

74 

21.6 

(5)

66 

  - other

2,268 

252 

131 

11.1 

52 

5.8 

56 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

56,343 

21,373 

11,199 

37.9 

52 

19.9 

2,320 

2,121 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

477 

0.2 

100 

0.2 

                         

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes central and local government.

(2)

Includes instalment credit.

(3)

The Core and Non-Core split for 31 December 2012 excludes balances in relation to Direct Line Group (loans to customers of £881 million and loans to banks of £2,036 million).

(4)

For a description of the Group’s early problem debt identification and problem debt management refer to pages 132 to 140 of the Group’s 2012 Form 20-F.

 

13

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

REIL flow statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

REIL are stated without giving effect to any security held that could reduce the eventual loss should it occur or to any provisions marked.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

UK

Wealth

International

Ulster

US Retail &

Markets

Central

Core

  

Total

Retail

Corporate

Banking

Bank

Commercial

items

Non-Core

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

4,569 

5,452 

248 

422 

7,533 

1,146 

396 

19,766 

21,374 

41,140 

Currency translation and other adjustments

12 

(10)

162 

175 

313 

488 

Disposal of subsidiaries

(90)

(90)

Additions

973 

3,476 

92 

298 

2,103 

212 

13 

7,168 

2,438 

9,606 

Transfers (1)

(396)

400 

(5)

135 

134 

134 

Transfers to performing book

(45)

(3)

(21)

(69)

(81)

(150)

Repayments

(737)

(2,673)

(60)

(65)

(1,109)

(70)

(26)

(4,740)

(2,869)

(7,609)

Amounts written-off

(609)

(603)

(15)

(239)

(154)

(217)

(46)

(1,883)

(1,270)

(3,153)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2013

3,800 

6,019 

261 

520 

8,535 

1,074 

341 

20,551 

19,815 

40,366 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2012

4,599 

5,001 

211 

1,632 

5,523 

1,007 

414 

18,387 

24,007 

42,394 

Currency translation and other adjustments

54 

(1)

(45)

(267)

(43)

(10)

(307)

(715)

(1,022)

Additions

1,174 

3,036 

92 

156 

3,025 

391 

39 

7,913 

4,405 

12,318 

Transfers (1)

(12)

31 

(7)

(69)

(57)

51 

(6)

Transfers to performing book

(109)

(8)

(661)

(9)

(787)

(793)

(1,580)

Repayments

(780)

(2,083)

(33)

(94)

(1,201)

(18)

(4,209)

(3,548)

(7,757)

Amounts written-off

(472)

(389)

(11)

(220)

(44)

(298)

(23)

(1,457)

(1,388)

(2,845)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2012

4,563 

5,492 

243 

699 

7,036 

1,057 

393 

19,483 

22,019 

41,502 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the note to this table refer to the following page.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

14

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: REIL flow statement (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core (by donating division)

  

UK

International

Ulster

US Retail &

Other

Total

Corporate

Banking

Bank

Commercial

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

2,622 

6,907 

11,399 

418 

28 

21,374 

Currency translation and other adjustments

(2)

87 

237 

(14)

313 

Disposal of subsidiaries

(90)

(90)

Additions

1,020 

683 

666 

64 

2,438 

Transfers to performing book

(4)

(75)

(2)

(81)

Repayments

(1,043)

(1,219)

(573)

(32)

(2)

(2,869)

Amounts written-off

(324)

(561)

(245)

(136)

(4)

(1,270)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2013

2,269 

5,822 

11,392 

319 

13 

19,815 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2012

3,685 

8,051 

11,675 

486 

110 

24,007 

Currency translation and other adjustments

(69)

(109)

(439)

(17)

(81)

(715)

Additions

1,135 

1,678 

1,450 

131 

11 

4,405 

Transfers (1)

43 

51 

Transfers to performing book

(140)

(653)

(793)

Repayments

(1,307)

(902)

(1,339)

(3,548)

Amounts written-off

(383)

(659)

(84)

(250)

(12)

(1,388)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2012

2,929 

7,449 

11,263 

350 

28 

22,019 

 

Note:

(1)

Represents transfers between REIL and potential problem loans.

 

15

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment provisions flow statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The movement in loan impairment provisions by division is shown in the table below.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

UK

Wealth

International

Ulster

US

Total

Markets

Central

Total

Non-Core

Group

Retail

Corporate

Banking

Bank

R&C (1)

R&C (1)

items

Core

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

2,629 

2,432 

109 

391 

3,910 

285 

9,756 

305 

10,062 

11,200 

21,262 

Currency translation and other adjustments

11 

(12)

80 

23 

102 

109 

118 

227 

Disposal of subsidiaries

(77)

(77)

Amounts written-off

(609)

(603)

(15)

(239)

(154)

(217)

(1,837)

(46)

(1,883)

(1,270)

(3,153)

Recoveries of amounts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  previously written-off

34 

10 

13 

70 

128 

130 

61 

191 

Charged to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

251 

529 

182 

707 

105 

1,782 

(4)

64 

1,842 

1,439 

3,281 

Unwind of discount (2)

(58)

(31)

(2)

(3)

(65)

(159)

(159)

(151)

(310)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2013

2,247 

2,348 

100 

332 

4,479 

266 

9,772 

263 

66 

10,101 

11,320 

21,421 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Individually assessed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banks

61 

68 

69 

  - customers

967 

87 

207 

1,438 

62 

2,761 

193 

66 

3,020 

9,885 

12,905 

Collectively assessed

2,079 

1,077 

2,436 

103 

5,695 

5,695 

554 

6,249 

Latent

168 

304 

13 

118 

605 

101 

1,309 

1,318 

880 

2,198 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2,247 

2,348 

100 

332 

4,479 

266 

9,772 

263 

66 

10,101 

11,320 

21,421 

16

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Impairment provisions flow statement (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

UK

Wealth

International

Ulster

US

Total

Markets

Total

Non-Core

Group

Retail

Corporate

Banking

Bank

R&C (1)

R&C (1)

Core

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2012

2,679 

2,061 

81 

851 

2,749 

455 

8,876 

311 

9,187 

11,487 

20,674 

Currency translation and other adjustments

13 

116 

(63)

(129)

46 

(16)

(12)

(520)

(532)

Amounts written-off

(472)

(389)

(11)

(220)

(44)

(298)

(1,434)

(23)

(1,457)

(1,388)

(2,845)

Recoveries of amounts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  previously written-off

82 

10 

60 

159 

161 

84 

245 

Charged to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

436 

604 

30 

74 

1,046 

64 

2,254 

12 

2,266 

1,647 

3,913 

Unwind of discount (2)

(68)

(44)

(2)

(5)

(58)

(177)

(177)

(195)

(372)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2012

2,670 

2,358 

99 

644 

3,564 

327 

9,662 

306 

9,968 

11,115 

21,083 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Individually assessed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banks

108 

117 

118 

  - customers

963 

84 

474 

1,298 

54 

2,873 

188 

3,061 

9,953 

13,014 

Collectively assessed

2,458 

1,094 

1,752 

128 

5,434 

5,434 

648 

6,082 

Latent

212 

301 

13 

161 

514 

145 

1,346 

10 

1,356 

513 

1,869 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2,670 

2,358 

99 

644 

3,564 

327 

9,662 

306 

9,968 

11,115 

21,083 

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 18.

17

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Impairment provisions flow statement (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core (by donating division)

  

UK

International

Ulster

US

Other

Total 

Corporate

Banking

Bank

R&C (1)

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2013

1,167 

2,815 

6,933 

257 

28 

11,200 

Currency translation and other adjustments

(9)

26 

125 

(21)

(3)

118 

Disposal of subsidiaries

(77)

(77)

Amounts written-off

(324)

(561)

(245)

(136)

(4)

(1,270)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

20 

32 

61 

Charged to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

181 

309 

829 

120 

1,439 

Unwind of discount (2)

(13)

(38)

(100)

(151)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2013

1,009 

2,571 

7,465 

252 

23 

11,320 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Individually assessed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banks

  - customers

619 

2,358 

6,873 

29 

9,885 

Collectively assessed

335 

168 

36 

15 

554 

Latent

55 

212 

424 

187 

880 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,009 

2,571 

7,465 

252 

23 

11,320 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2012

1,633 

3,027 

6,363 

416 

48 

11,487 

Currency translation and other adjustments

(130)

(70)

(214)

(80)

(26)

(520)

Amounts written-off

(383)

(657)

(84)

(250)

(14)

(1,388)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

14 

12 

54 

84 

Charged to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

185 

705 

619 

133 

1,647 

Unwind of discount (2)

(32)

(30)

(132)

(1)

(195)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 September 2012

1,287 

2,987 

6,552 

273 

16 

11,115 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Individually assessed

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banks

  - customers

819 

2,751 

6,360 

23 

9,953 

Collectively assessed

410 

26 

89 

107 

16 

648 

Latent

58 

209 

103 

143 

513 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,287 

2,987 

6,552 

273 

16 

11,115 

 

Notes:

(1)

Retail & Commercial.

(2)

Recognised in interest income.

 

18

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment charge analysis

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The table below analyses the impairment charge for loans and securities.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended 30 September 2013

UK

UK

Wealth

International

Ulster

US

  

Total

Markets

Central

  

Total

Non-Core

Group

Retail

Corporate

Banking

Bank

R&C

R&C

items

Core

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Individually assessed

349 

181 

329 

  

877 

64 

  

946 

1,106 

2,052 

Collectively assessed

273 

173 

373 

131 

  

950 

  

950 

71 

1,021 

Latent loss

(22)

(1)

(35)

  

(45)

  

(45)

262 

217 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans to customers

251 

529 

182 

707 

105 

  

1,782 

64 

  

1,851 

1,439 

3,290 

Loans to banks

  

(9)

  

(9)

(9)

Securities

  

62 

(1)

  

66 

(27)

39 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Charge to income statement

251 

529 

182 

707 

110 

  

1,787 

58 

63 

  

1,908 

1,412 

3,320 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended 30 September 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Individually assessed

390 

27 

50 

396 

18 

  

881 

12 

  

894 

1,457 

2,351 

Collectively assessed

430 

245 

592 

177 

  

1,444 

  

1,444 

247 

1,691 

Latent loss

(31)

58 

(131)

  

(95)

(1)

  

(96)

(57)

(153)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans to customers

436 

604 

30 

50 

1,046 

64 

  

2,230 

12 

  

2,242 

1,647 

3,889 

Loans to banks

24 

  

24 

  

24 

24 

Securities

  

32 

  

39 

(127)

(88)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Charge to income statement

436 

604 

30 

74 

1,046 

68 

  

2,258 

15 

32 

  

2,305 

1,520 

3,825 

19

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Impairment charge analysis (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended 30 September 2013

Non-Core (by donating division)

UK

International

Ulster

US

Other

Total

Corporate

Banking

Bank

R&C

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Individually assessed

175 

308 

621 

1,106 

Collectively assessed

15 

47 

71 

Latent loss

(3)

193 

71 

262 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans to customers

181 

309 

829 

120 

1,439 

Securities

(27)

(27)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Charge to income statement

181 

282 

829 

120 

1,412 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Nine months ended 30 September 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Individually assessed

166 

705 

616 

(29)

(1)

1,457 

Collectively assessed

56 

175 

247 

Latent loss

(37)

(6)

(13)

(1)

(57)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans to customers

185 

705 

619 

133 

1,647 

Securities

(127)

(127)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Charge to income statement

185 

578 

619 

133 

1,520 

 

 

Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core)

The table below analyses Ulster Bank Group’s loans, REIL and impairments by sector.

 

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

  

REIL

Provisions

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

Amounts

Gross

% of gross

as a % of

as a % of

charge

written-off

loans

loans

REIL

gross loans

YTD

YTD

Sector analysis

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19,227 

3,297 

1,729 

17.1 

52 

9.0 

211 

21 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3,577 

2,079 

780 

58.1 

38 

21.8 

201 

23 

  - development

716 

448 

225 

62.6 

50 

31.4 

38 

Other corporate

7,130 

2,513 

1,552 

35.2 

62 

21.8 

237 

76 

Other lending

1,244 

198 

193 

15.9 

97 

15.5 

20 

30 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31,894 

8,535 

4,479 

26.8 

52 

14.0 

707 

154 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3,378 

3,107 

1,566 

92.0 

50 

46.4 

158 

23 

  - development 

7,191 

7,018 

5,104 

97.6 

73 

71.0 

599 

207 

Other corporate

1,525 

1,267 

795 

83.1 

63 

52.1 

66 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12,094 

11,392 

7,465 

94.2 

66 

61.7 

823 

236 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank Group

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19,227 

3,297 

1,729 

17.1 

52 

9.0 

211 

21 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

6,955 

5,186 

2,346 

74.6 

45 

33.7 

359 

46 

  - development

7,907 

7,466 

5,329 

94.4 

71 

67.4 

637 

211 

Other corporate

8,655 

3,780 

2,347 

43.7 

62 

27.1 

303 

82 

Other lending

1,244 

198 

193 

15.9 

97 

15.5 

20 

30 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

43,988 

19,927 

11,944 

45.3 

60 

27.2 

1,530 

390 

20

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk: Ulster Bank Group (Core and Non-Core) (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

  

REIL

Provisions

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

Amounts

Gross

% of gross

as a % of

as a % of

charge

written-off

loans

loans

REIL

gross loans

YTD

YTD

Sector analysis

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19,162 

3,147 

1,525 

16.4 

48 

8.0 

646 

22 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3,575 

1,551 

593 

43.4 

38 

16.6 

221 

  - development

729 

369 

197 

50.6 

53 

27.0 

55 

Other corporate

7,772 

2,259 

1,394 

29.1 

62 

17.9 

389 

15 

Other lending

1,414 

207 

201 

14.6 

97 

14.2 

53 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

32,652 

7,533 

3,910 

23.1 

52 

12.0 

1,364 

72 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

3,383 

2,800 

1,433 

82.8 

51 

42.4 

288 

15 

  - development 

7,607 

7,286 

4,720 

95.8 

65 

62.0 

611 

103 

Other corporate

1,570 

1,230 

711 

78.3 

58 

45.3 

77 

23 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12,560 

11,316 

6,864 

90.1 

61 

54.6 

976 

141 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank Group

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

19,162 

3,147 

1,525 

16.4 

48 

8.0 

646 

22 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

6,958 

4,351 

2,026 

62.5 

47 

29.1 

509 

15 

  - development

8,336 

7,655 

4,917 

91.8 

64 

59.0 

666 

105 

Other corporate

9,342 

3,489 

2,105 

37.3 

60 

22.5 

466 

38 

Other lending

1,414 

207 

201 

14.6 

97 

14.2 

53 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

45,212 

18,849 

10,774 

41.7 

57 

23.8 

2,340 

213 

 

Key points

·

Ulster Bank Group’s impairment charge for the nine months ended 30 September 2013 of £1.5 billion (year ended 31 December 2012 - £2.3 billion) was driven by a combination of new defaulting customers and higher charges on existing defaulted cases.

 

 

·

Provisions as a percentage of REIL increased from 57% at year end to 60%, principally reflecting additional provisions in Q3 in respect of the commercial real estate development portfolio.

 

 

·

REIL increased to £19.9 billion (31 December 2012 - £18.8 billion). This included new defaults of £2.8 billion and foreign exchange movements of £0.4 billion, offset by recoveries/cures of £1.7 billion and write-offs of £0.4 billion.

 

21

 

 


 

 

Appendix 1 Risk management supplement

 

 

Credit risk (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities: AFS reserves by issuer

  

  

  

  

  

  

The table below analyses available-for-sale (AFS) debt securities and related reserves, gross of tax.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 September 2013

  

31 December 2012

  

UK

US

Other (1)

Total

  

UK

US

Other (1)

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Government (2)

6,819 

15,066 

11,864 

33,749 

  

9,774 

19,046 

16,155 

44,975 

Banks

395 

80 

5,687 

6,162 

  

1,085 

357 

7,419 

8,861 

Other financial institutions

2,671 

9,050 

8,234 

19,955 

  

2,861 

10,613 

10,416 

23,890 

Corporate

26 

70 

84 

180 

  

1,318 

719 

1,130 

3,167 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

9,911 

24,266 

25,869 

60,046 

  

15,038 

30,735 

35,120 

80,893 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which ABS (3)

2,828 

13,441 

10,944 

27,213 

  

3,558 

14,209 

12,976 

30,743 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AFS reserves (gross)

172 

178 

(564)

(214)

  

667 

763 

(1,277)

153 

                                                 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes eurozone countries as detailed in the section on Country risk in the main announcement.

(2)

Includes central and local government.

(3)

Asset-backed securities

 

22

 

 


 

 

 

 

   
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Appendix 2

 

Segmental analysis

 


 

 

Appendix 2 Segmental analysis

 

Segmental analysis

 

Analysis of divisional operating profit/(loss)

The ceding of control which resulted from the partial disposal of the Group’s shareholding in Direct Line Group (DLG) has resulted in the Group no longer treating DLG as an operating segment. Comparative data have been restated.

 

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 30 September 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

1,013 

254 

1,267 

(668)

(82)

517 

UK Corporate 

725 

387 

1,112 

(540)

(150)

422 

Wealth

169 

102 

271 

(210)

(1)

60 

International Banking

166 

288 

454 

(343)

(28)

83 

Ulster Bank

154 

60 

214 

(142)

(204)

(132)

US Retail & Commercial

493 

263 

756 

(555)

(59)

142 

Markets

41 

793 

834 

(625)

210 

Central items

65 

40 

105 

(58)

(66)

(19)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

2,826 

2,187 

5,013 

(3,141)

(589)

1,283 

Non-Core

(43)

(76)

(119)

(145)

(581)

(845)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

2,783 

2,111 

4,894 

(3,286)

(1,170)

438 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(496)

(496)

(496)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(250)

(250)

Regulatory and legal actions

(99)

(99)

Integration and restructuring costs

(205)

(205)

Gain on redemption of own debt

13 

13 

13 

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(39)

(39)

Strategic disposals

(7)

(7)

(7)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(3)

15 

12 

(1)

11 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,780 

1,636 

4,416 

(3,880)

(1,170)

(634)

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £155 million loss included in 'Income from trading activities' and £341 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

1

 

 


 

 

Appendix 2 Segmental analysis

 

 

Segmental analysis (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

987 

225 

1,212 

(646)

(89)

477 

UK Corporate 

715 

427 

1,142 

(553)

(194)

395 

Wealth

162 

110 

272 

(214)

(2)

56 

International Banking

177 

291 

468 

(327)

(99)

42 

Ulster Bank

154 

88 

242 

(144)

(263)

(165)

US Retail & Commercial

473 

278 

751 

(545)

(32)

174 

Markets

25 

797 

822 

(686)

(43)

93 

Central items

58 

207 

265 

(128)

140 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

2,751 

2,423 

5,174 

(3,243)

(719)

1,212 

Non-Core

19 

254 

273 

(156)

(398)

(281)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

2,770 

2,677 

5,447 

(3,399)

(1,117)

931 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

127 

127 

127 

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(185)

(185)

Regulatory and legal actions

(385)

(385)

Integration and restructuring costs

(149)

(149)

Gain on redemption of own debt

242 

242 

242 

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(38)

(38)

Strategic disposals

RFS Holdings minority interest

(3)

(2)

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,767 

3,053 

5,820 

(4,155)

(1,117)

548 

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £76 million gain included in 'Income from trading activities' and £51 million gain included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

2

 

 


 

 

Appendix 2 Segmental analysis

 

 

Segmental analysis (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 30 September 2012

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

990 

252 

1,242 

(637)

(141)

464 

UK Corporate 

729 

409 

1,138 

(523)

(247)

368 

Wealth

185 

107 

292 

(221)

(8)

63 

International Banking

227 

308 

535 

(348)

(12)

175 

Ulster Bank

163 

50 

213 

(126)

(329)

(242)

US Retail & Commercial

488 

292 

780 

(536)

(21)

223 

Markets

14 

1,028 

1,042 

(753)

295 

Central items

(64)

330 

266 

(117)

149 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

2,732 

2,776 

5,508 

(3,261)

(752)

1,495 

Non-Core

79 

(29)

50 

(212)

(424)

(586)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

2,811 

2,747 

5,558 

(3,473)

(1,176)

909 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(1,455)

(1,455)

(1,455)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(400)

(400)

Integration and restructuring costs

(229)

(229)

Loss on redemption of own debt

(123)

(123)

(123)

Asset Protection Scheme (2)

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(47)

(47)

Strategic disposals

(23)

(23)

(23)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(2)

(2)

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,809 

1,150 

3,959 

(4,151)

(1,176)

(1,368)

 

Notes:

(1)

Comprises £435 million loss included in 'Income from trading activities' and £1,020 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

(2)

Included in ‘Income from trading activities’ on a statutory basis.

 

3

 

 


 

 

Appendix 2 Segmental analysis

 

 

Segmental analysis (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Nine months ended 30 September 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

2,965 

705 

3,670 

(1,948)

(251)

1,471 

UK Corporate 

2,146 

1,192 

3,338 

(1,634)

(529)

1,175 

Wealth

500 

316 

816 

(636)

(8)

172 

International Banking

540 

864 

1,404 

(1,003)

(182)

219 

Ulster Bank

462 

202 

664 

(418)

(707)

(461)

US Retail & Commercial

1,437 

833 

2,270 

(1,655)

(110)

505 

Markets

96 

2,600 

2,696 

(2,057)

(58)

581 

Central items

140 

257 

397 

(249)

(63)

85 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

8,286 

6,969 

15,255 

(9,600)

(1,908)

3,747 

Non-Core

(61)

308 

247 

(466)

(1,412)

(1,631)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

8,225 

7,277 

15,502 

(10,066)

(3,320)

2,116 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(120)

(120)

(120)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(435)

(435)

Interest Rate Hedging Products

  

  

  

  

  

  

  redress and related costs

(50)

(50)

Regulatory and legal actions

(484)

(484)

Integration and restructuring costs

(476)

(476)

Gain on redemption of own debt

204 

204 

204 

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(118)

(118)

Strategic disposals

(7)

(7)

(7)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(8)

117 

109 

110 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

8,217 

7,471 

15,688 

(11,628)

(3,320)

740 

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £20 million gain included in 'Income from trading activities' and £140 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

4

 

 


 

 

Appendix 2 Segmental analysis

 

 

Segmental analysis (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

  

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

Impairment

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

losses

profit/(loss)

Nine months ended 30 September 2012

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Retail

2,979 

760 

3,739 

(1,925)

(436)

1,378 

UK Corporate 

2,257 

1,293 

3,550 

(1,574)

(604)

1,372 

Wealth

542 

343 

885 

(688)

(30)

167 

International Banking

712 

926 

1,638 

(1,125)

(74)

439 

Ulster Bank

488 

145 

633 

(384)

(1,046)

(797)

US Retail & Commercial

1,467 

884 

2,351 

(1,729)

(68)

554 

Markets

62 

3,780 

3,842 

(2,457)

(15)

1,370 

Central items

(57)

342 

285 

(287)

(32)

(34)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Core

8,450 

8,473 

16,923 

(10,169)

(2,305)

4,449 

Non-Core

191 

129 

320 

(737)

(1,520)

(1,937)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Managed basis

8,641 

8,602 

17,243 

(10,906)

(3,825)

2,512 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(4,429)

(4,429)

(4,429)

Payment Protection Insurance costs

(660)

(660)

Integration and restructuring costs

(848)

(848)

Gain on redemption of own debt

454 

454 

454 

Asset Protection Scheme (2)

(44)

(44)

(44)

Amortisation of purchased intangible assets

(146)

(146)

Strategic disposals

129 

129 

129 

RFS Holdings minority interest

(12)

(3)

(15)

(3)

(18)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

8,629 

4,709 

13,338 

(12,563)

(3,825)

(3,050)

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £1,715 million loss included in 'Income from trading activities' and £2,714 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

(2)

Included in ‘Income from trading activities’ on a statutory basis.

5

 

 


 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rajan Kapoor

Rajan Kapoor

Group Chief Accountant

7 November 2013